Home

2007 QX Owner`s Manual

1. 0002005 8 8 Changing engine oil nanasan anaana 8 9 Changing engine oil filter n anaana 8 10 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Power steering NUIOsstsecscenieetenceseenkueer es ee 8 11 Bake HUGG iw aondaneccenecn ee E en Gaius wearses 8 12 Drake WUC ocr eueces cuctereceesuues sts iedactess 8 12 Window washer fluid sicer crc ceuceeeeveseaeseueees 8 12 Window washer fluid reservoir 0 8 12 Seia E E E E E ones 8 13 Jump AANG serseri nanne A E 8 14 Variable Voltage Control System 4 8 15 Drive Dells g2en ch eatetee sardas vet ue Ea wae bo 8 15 eede le Sean E mg E 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 02 0005 8 16 PACS Canelcaeetncasvanuereenecates seesaw esoue 8 17 in Cabin MICIONNG sirisser sveavaeeeeresitans 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0 0 005 8 18 Cleaning 2255u0c04an60nsaee ane neaeae seeds cans 8 18 Repa Ng se2eeecedadtaeSens erste ese seveenees 8 19 Blab eS E E E E E E net san seseneets 8 21 USCS E E E EE E 8 21 Engine COMDAUMEM cscccasewaees deebeeee rence 8 22 Passenger compartment 0 eee eens 8 24 Keyfob battery replacement 0 cee eee eee 8 25 AQIS ters E E She TETTETETT 8 26 aee eln sen ene cu watieen vert E 8 26 Exterior and interior lights 8 27 Wheels and TINGS cues enideerettek sed dewenn sa seedt 8 31 Tire plese e eta eee ee ee ee eee 8 31 Tite dabos ee eensteueseeeeccaeeensens e
2. 4 2 20 Audio system wee ee eh eter wom 4 4 21 Compact Disc CD changer 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer 0004 4 27 Radio hea e ee eae ee eee 4 21 Rear audio controls 4 34 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 33 Autolight switch 04 2 26 Automatic Automatic drive positioner 3 20 Automatic power window switch 2 48 Automatic transmission position indicator VIG o s a ne are hs Se oe 2 17 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 5 11 Transmission selector lever lock release ce Sh SER ESS OR eS 5 14 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 18 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Jage 3 62 kes bee ee ere es OOS See SHH 2 7 B Back button aoaaa a 4 3 Baloe 6 04 5 4 4 a e a eo 8 13 Charge warning light 2 14 Before starting the engine 5 9 Belts See drive belts 8 15 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 46 Booster seaiS 2444 04 05286 eee os 1 41 Brake Anti lock braking system ABS 5 48 Brake assist for Intelligent cruise control system 5 36 Brake fluid 2 00 66 amp a4 A oe ee wm 3 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 27 Brake system 04 5 47 Brake warning light 2 13 Brake wear indicators 2 20 8 21 Parking brake operation 5 15 Self adjusting brakes 8 21 BakoS a 2
3. 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if The f button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phone book new entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phone book delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ring tone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 57 dial eight three zero five one TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Home The system should respond correctly to all voice four three pause two nine pause zero commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions delete redial number r baokis Where the solutions are listed by number try PEE S N
4. 9 19 Trailer towing 2 0200 9 16 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 53 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 5 11 Selector lever lock release 5 14 Travel See registering your vehicle in another COUMIEY z e 6 12 eang ee oe a de ee nO 2 9 9 TOP DURON s pos he oh we Oh Ge a ww on 4 3 Tap OGONGIEl 2 8 ew ee eee wae ee a 2 4 T rn signal swit h s sa a s 4 ressadas 2 29 U Uniform tire quality grading 9 27 V Vanity MINOT a s sor ao i oio a E E 3 17 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 49 Vehicle electronic system 054 4 9 Vehicle identification 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number 000 00s 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery a aaa ee ee ee 6 13 7 2 Vehicle security system 584 2 21 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 22 3 2 5 9 VentilatOlS s s ss a os ssaka d othe ae we 4 16 MSOs Au kas oe ed eee oe eS 3 17 Voltmeter 649 Ga0 oo ee bo Bea oe ee 2 7 Ww Warning AWD warning light 2 15 Air bag warning light aaa 1 61 2 17 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light 2 14 Brake warning light 2 13 Door
5. Adjusting the time to the GPS Select the Auto Adjust key The time will be reset to the GPS time The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone ee has been set as the initial default setting CLOCK SETTINGS TIME ZONE S D Beep setting Mountain With this option ON a beep will sound if any z audio button is pressed entral AR 7 Navigation settings Daylight Saving Time eae Refer to the separate Navigation System Own Newvoundiand er s Manual for information regarding these set tings Guidance voice settings Refer to the separate Navigation System Own Selecting the time zone 2 Select one of the following zones depend er s Manual for information regarding these set ing on the current location tings Xd BUTTON To change the display brightness press the lt t D button Pressing the button again will Central zone change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness by moving the joy stick right or left 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear Pacific zone Mountain zone Eastern zone i o o Atlantic zone If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the Newfoundland zone BACK button is pressed the display will return to the previous display After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear Display screen heater air conditioner audio
6. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground NOTE Before jacking up the vehicle make sure the ignition key is in the OFF position If the vehicle is lifted up with the ignition key in the ON position the auto leveling suspen
7. Technical and consumer informa tion section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre vent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slip pery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is oper ating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly Howe
8. w N gt MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence PRESET A PRE SET B PRESET C CD DVD if so equipped AUX This mode is only available when a CD is loaded This mode is only available when a DVD is loaded into the DVD player This mode is only available when a compatible auxiliary device is plugged into the AUX jack Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Ly A Tuning Memory change radio While in one of the preset radio station banks A B or C push the tuning switch W or 4AN for less than 1 5 seconds to change to the next preset station in memory Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch W or 7S for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previous radio station Next Previous track CD Push the tuning switth W or 7 for less than 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present track or skip to the next track Push several times to skip back or skip through tracks This system searches for the blank intervals be tween selections If there is a blank interval within 1 program or there is no interval between pro grams the system may not stop in the desired or expected location Change disc CD if so equipped Push the tuning switch W or 7S for more than 1 5 seconds to change the playing disc up or down Display scree
9. 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0682 Rear facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing 1 39 Cf J BY f LRS0669 LRS0670 WRS0683 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Rear facing step 5 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the 5 Remove any additional slack from the child extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt restraint press downward and rearward is in the automatic locking mode child re firmly in the center of the child restraint to straint mode It reverts to emergency lock compress the vehicle seat cushion and seat ing mode when the seat belt is fully re back while pulling up on the seat belt tracted 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS 7 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of
10. 1 20 Rear power windows 2 47 Rear seat air conditioner 4 20 Rear sonar system 5 50 Rear sonar system off switch 2 32 Rear view monitor 5 000s 4 14 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch fee a ee we ew ee ere 2 25 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 24 Recorders Eventdata 0208 9 30 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote controller See NISSAN mobile entertainment system 4 37 Remote keyless entry system 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 28 Resetting the fueleconomy 4 4 Resetting trip 1 andtrip2 4 4 Roof rack 4 6 255 6 459 fae Hew Sw k 2 45 S Safety Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Child seat belts 1 24 1 35 1 41 Reporting safety defects US only 9 28 Screen See NISSAN mobile entertainment system 6 s m oe kK nh aod Pod hk Bw 4 37 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment 1 3 Second row bench seats 1 6 Second row captain s chair 1 4 Seat belt Child Safety o act de me eee amp eae as 1 16 Infants and small children 1 17 Injured Person aoaaa aaa aaa 1 18 Larger children naaa aa aaa 1 17 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 14 Pregnant women aaao aaa aaa 1 18 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 59 Rear center seat b
11. In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator If you add electrical accessories to your vehicle ground it to the body ground located near the battery along the negative battery cable DRIVE BELTS Power steering fluid pump Crankshaft Generator Air conditioner Water pump Cooling fan oo SS PS AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 1 Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI dealer 2 Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in your IN FINITI Service and Maintenance Guide 8 16 Ma
12. The entry exit function should now work properly SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When any of the memory switches are pushed while the automatic drive positioner is Operating When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed and held for at least 1 second When the seat has been already moved to the memorized position When no seat position is stored in the memory switch When the automatic transmission selector lever is moved from P Park to any other position When the driver s door remains open more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON position The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled See Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air con ditioner audio and phone systems section of this manual 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons if so equipped 4 2 How to use the joystick and ENTER button 4 3 How to use the BACK button 00 eee 4 3 Setting up the start up screen cece eee 4 3 How to use the TRIP button 000 4 3 How to use the SETTING button 566
13. 1 29 LRS0340 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped 2nd row captain s chairs or bench seat if so equipped 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point For the 2nd row captain s chairs or bench seat if so equipped install the top tether strap as fol lows 1 Raise the head restraint 2 Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and under the head restraint LRS0361 2nd row bench seat if so equipped 3 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on the seat directly behind the child restraint 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3rd row bench seat 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point AWARNING In the 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with a top tether strap can only be used in the center position Do not place in an outboard seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center position The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is the seating position that can use a top tether strap For the 3rd row bench seat install the top tether strap as follows 1 Position the top tether strap over the top of the center seating position seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the
14. If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE FLUID For further brake fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour
15. Ifthe amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may con tinue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display MAINTENANCE Engine Gil S a7 Fara Iirik Gnl FAAN Tire Pressure Maintenance items Press the TRIP button to display maintenance information or set maintenance intervals for the following Engine Oil Tire Rotation Tire Pressure if so equipped For setting the Tire Pressure display refer to Tire pressure information later in this section ENGINE OIL EE Driving Distance Cries 4 720 7 500 Maintenance Schedule 4 b Display Maintenance Notification Changing the maintenance interval Select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and press the ENTER button to display the screen to change the maintenance interval Select the Maintenance Schedule key using the joystick and move the joystick to right or left to set the maintenance interval TIRE ROTATION Driving Distance C mias 3720 7 500 lt gt Maintenance Schedule Display Maintenance Notification o y Resetting the maintenance interval The ENGINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION mainte nance intervals can be reset to O miles kilome ters Select the Reset key using the joystick and
16. Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Trailer Tongue Weight zi PA Lo 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30lbx2 60lb 300 lb Occupants Luggage 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage tr ED 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Luggage LERKE CL ECO 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg Example Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 X 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg Technical and consumer information 9 13 5 Determine the combined
17. Overall length Overall width Overall height 2wd with roof rack 4wd with roof rack Front Track Rear Track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 206 9 5 255 78 8 2 001 77 8 1 977 78 7 1 998 67 9 1 725 67 9 1 725 123 2 3 130 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar be tween the driver s side front and side doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your INFINITI ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications t
18. is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Xanavi Informatics Corporation QY INFINITI 2006 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc amp Bluetooth Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 4 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 instrument DaNCleteaceuceser ecteurechecauceteuey sts 0 6 PXtGllOl MONE T IE ates tear acneesk ior ET 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 0 8 S o leolst ehaneennsce gauss E AE 0 4 Warming indicator lighis asss ssisecsss aeodunce seen ce 0 9 Passenger compartment ssssss aeran ee eee eee 0 5 AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 3rd row bench seat belts P 1 14 9 2nd row seat belts P 1 14 3 Supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags P 1 46 4 Fron
19. the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone P Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the following commands Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone If you say no the system plays the next ringtone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone 4 56 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using INFINITI Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for
20. 2 FOOF MAS eene erR ET EENEN eee w ae ENNA 7 4 WANG cavern astas EENE ES E sees 7 2 Se O E E E TEET 7 5 REMOVING SPOlSsrssirirrresiorrga Seeeenew ered 7 3 COnoSiOn PIOl6ClON acts ccnaccrcecerntiinaweonoawes 7 5 WNGCIDOOY cis iiccrencrsedeeeoks pede ne EES ses 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle ase aa vse ete ta on eneatas EEE E 7 3 COMOSION repress ees uire pA SRE EEES 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheelS 0c cece eee eee eee eee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Ghrome DAS 5 scu0es ow hbeanennes eiA 7 3 CONOS Oasen nean E EAE EEEN EAA iA 7 5 Tire dressi S ressarra trte nErenn a EA 7 3 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 5 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and pl
21. 4 wheels Neutral 4 wheels Indicator Light AWD shift os Transfer 4LO posi tion 4 May blink Use Conditions For driving on paved or slippery roads For driving on dry paved roads Economy drive or state dynamometer I M testing For driving on rocky sandy or snow covered roads Neutral disengages the automatic trans mission mechanical parking lock which will allow the vehicle to roll Do not leave the transfer shift position in Neutral 2 For use when maximum power and trac tion is required for example on steep grades or rocky sandy muddy roads AWD Shift Procedure Move the 4WD switch 2WD lt gt AUTO lt gt 4H 4WD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SELECT LEVER TO THE N POSITION IN THIS OPERATION PERFORM THIS OPERATION WHEN DRIVING STRAIGHT 1 Stop the vehicle 2 Move the automatic transmission selector lever to the N position 3 Push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed YOU CANNOT MOVE THE TRANSFER 4WD SHIFT SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO OR 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE AU TOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL 3 1 The transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink Stop the vehicle Be sure to shift the 4WD shift switch after the automatic transmission lever has been shif
22. After you hold the ON OFF switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the ON OFF switch again will turn the system com pletely off When the ignition switch is turned off the system is also automatically turned off To use the Intelli gent Cruise Control again push the ON OFF switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on A CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Control To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light will come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control The preset speed can be cancelled using any of these methods Push the CANCEL button The SET indica tor light will go out Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator light will go out Turn the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indica
23. Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least one year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straint
24. Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits
25. Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 LPDO247 Rear pillar switch OPERATING THE POWER LIFT GATE NOTE To open close or reverse the power lift gate the shift selector lever must be in P Park Also the power lift gate will not operate if battery voltage is low Power Open The power lift gate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in approximately 5 8 seconds The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0283 Instrument panel switch keyfob the instrument panel switch and by the outside opener handle The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power open sequence has been started The lift gate can be opened by the instru ment panel switch and the keyfob even if the vehicle is locked The lift gate will individually unlock and open Once the lift gate is closed its lock will align to the vehicle s lock or unlock status The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec ond before the lift gate opens The lift gate must be unlocke
26. In some screens pressing the BACK button ac cepts the changes made during setup SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON the system start up warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the OK key by pressing the ENTER button If you do not press the ENTER button the Navi gation system will not proceed to the next step in the Navigation display If you do not touch a button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the system start up warn ing screen the screen will change to the audio screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual TRIP 1 Elapsed Time aK KKK KKK KR KK OK Driving Distance miles Average Speed HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pressed the following modes will display on the screen Warning message if any TRIP 1 TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY MAINTENANCE Audio or OFF TRIP 1 Each trip display tracks an independent trip and displays the following Elapsed Time Journey time since the last reset up to a maximum of 99 hours and 59 minutes Driving Distance Distance driven mile or km since the last reset Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 Average Speed Average speed driven MPH or km h since the last reset Resetting trip 1 and trip 2 Each trip screen can be reset to 0
27. LATCH lower anchor location Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses LRSO661 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO662 LATCH rigid mounted attachment LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH on 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped or Child re straint installation using LATCH System on 2nd row bench seat in this section TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT lf the manufacturer of your
28. crash an inflating air bag might force that object toward a person This could cause severe injury or even death Se cure objects away from the area in which an air bag would inflate See Precautions on supplemental restraint system later in this section Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the front passenger s seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers could re sult in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop Folding the 2nd row captain s chairs To fold the 2nd row captain s chairs flat for maxi mum cargo hauling Q Raise the armrest to the stowed position Remove the 2nd row center console see Console removal in the Instruments and controls section of this Owner s Manual 2 Pull the strap forward located in the center of the seat cushion and fold the seat cush ion toward the front of the vehicle 3 Then lift up on the recline lever to fold the There is a carpet panel flap that can be seatback flat forward folded toward the back of the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 5 The carpet panel flaps provide a level cargo floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded flat Reverse this process to return the 2nd row captain s chairs to a seating position Make sure to properly raise the seat back to an upright position and push the seat cushion down into place Folding
29. ee 2 25 Rear window wiper and washer SWICHES e m s ck hee dod oo OE oo OS 2 24 Turn signal SWILCR s des wae ea w we 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIG ca bk oe ee Oe Oe oe Oe 2 31 T Tachometer a ss see ede ea eee ae 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Theft INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 22 3 2 5 9 Three way catalyst aooo a aaa 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 15 Tire Fare eaa aa e a ae ch a 6 2 Spare Sa 2 4 oas n u 64s eee Ge at 6 3 Tire chains a oa 8 37 Tite placaid s are te ndas seers eS 9 11 Tire pressure 2 2 00222 eae 8 31 Tire rotation 2 2 2 ee eee 8 38 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 40 Types of tires 2000 8 37 Uniform tire quality grading 9 27 Wheels andtires 8 31 Wheel tire size 004 9 8 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Tire pressure display 6 0 0 eee 4 6 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Tire rotation maintenance reminder 4 6 Top tether strap child restraint 1 29 Tow mode switch 4 2 32 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 12 4 wheel drive models 6 13 Flat towing o aoaaa aa 9 26 TOW TUCK TOWING a s aa o ek om ww SB 6 11 Towing load specification
30. if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by an INFINITI dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by an INFINITI dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 63 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel eu eedectsecwee saci cenaueeteonacaces 2 2 Meters and gauges 0s ancinserivdeweiser event eaed ess 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 00ceeeaees 2 4 TaChOMGIEl six iiucknes seeueenswenssyets ca weeses 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge salissa nsin mererani na iana send 2 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge sssssserrrrrrrssu 2 6 Lo Ae E E E E S E E 2 7 Automatic transmiss
31. later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact INFINITI Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front a
32. leased before driving Failure to do so ax can cause brake failure and lead to an accident COAST SET Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle A Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e Do not leave children unattended in a CANCEL vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LSDO158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake 1 ACCEL RES switch To release 2 COAST SET switch 3 ON OFF switch 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 4 CANCEL switch 2 Move the shift selector lever to the P Park PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE position CONTROL 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it willrelense lf the cruise control system malfunctions it ES cancels automatically The SET indicator 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light in the instrument panel then blinks to light goes out warn the driver f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Starting and driving 5 15 The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following condit
33. ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when control switch is in or AUTO position with auto the headlight the Pd gD lights activated Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal 2 To signala lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 2 position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected Ins
34. press the ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 MAINTENANCE NOTICE PIT Maintenance of the Following Item is Bue Engine Gil Displaying the maintenance notice re minder Select the Display Maintenance Notification key and press the ENTER button to display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION automatically at the set maintenance interval The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen ENGINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION will be automatically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met The vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition key is turned OFF The ignition key is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driven To return to the previous display after the MAIN TENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed press the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the following conditions are met Reset key is selected e Display Maintenance Notification is set to OFF The maintenance interval is set again 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems ri al Fy sas Te me Em Tire pressure information To display tire pressure information press the TRIP button repeatedly until the MAINTENANCE screen is displayed Select the Tire Pressure key using the joystick and press the ENTER but ton Pressure indication in
35. resuming dis play will appear and the Display Off key will be automatically turned on no amber indicator DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Display Off Lower Display Setting 0 Audio Lower display setting You can choose to display the audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner functions on the lower part of the display Select the Lower Dis play Setting key by using the joystick Then se lect the Audio or HVAC key using the joystick or by pressing the ENTER button The new settings are automatically saved when you exit the setting screen by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button Any time audio information is shown on the main part of the screen HVAC information will be displayed on the lower part of the screen HVAC information will be shown even if Audio is se lected to be displayed on the lower part of the screen E VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Adjust Driver Seat When Exiting Vehicle Lift Steering Column When Exiting Vehicle Remote Unlock Driver s Door First Keyless Remote Response Harn Vehicle electronic systems Select the Vehicle Electronic Systems key by using the joystick and pressing the ENTER but ton The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will be displayed You can set the following operating conditions by selecting the desired item using the joystick then pressing the ENTER b
36. shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Instruments and controls 2 15 KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pres sure the warning light will illuminate If you select the tire pressure information in the display the LOW PRESSURE warning message will be dis played The tire pressure for each tire will also be displayed When the low tire pressure warning light illumi nates you should stop and adjust the tire pres sure to the recommended CO
37. you may call the Ve hicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive th
38. 8 seconds OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off e To change from F to C push and hold the N button for about 3 seconds until the display begins to flash Press the button again to toggle between F and C Once you have selected F or C the display will continue to flash for about 5 seconds then the temperature will display When the outside temperature is between 140 F 60 C and 194 F 90 C the display will read 140 F 60 C When the tempera ture is above 194 F 90 C the display will read SC When the outside temperature is between 40 F 40 C and 60 F 51 C the dis play will read 40 F 40 C When the tem perature is below 60 F 51 C the display will read OC The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind direc tion and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside tempera ture or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards COMPASS DISPLAY Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the outside temperature and compass direction dis play on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N N
39. DISP button will scroll through the CD text as follows Track title Folder title Artist title Disc number Folder number To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Disc number Folder number Once a display mode is selected press the AU DIO knob again to store the setting Folder number mode displays the selected folder number and the track number that is currently being played e Disc number mode displays the selected disc number and the track number that is currently being played Artist title mode displays the artist title of the MP3 file Track title mode displays the track title of the MP3 file Folder title mode displays the folder name given to the MP3 folder Display satellite radio display mode if so equipped To change the text displayed when listening to satellite radio if so equipped press the DISP button The DISP button will scroll through the broadcast information as follows Name gt Title Current display mode To change the default display mode press the AUDIO button to display mode and press the TUNE button to select the following display modes Channel number gt Channel name Name gt Title Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO button again to store the setting If the AUDIO button is no
40. GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Technical and consumer information 9 17 Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the
41. GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue king pin load 9 18 Technical and consumer information To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 5 567 Ib 2525 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 6 422 lb 2913 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 14 650 Ib 6645 kg Maximum Trailer towing capa
42. Hands Free Phone System NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Also see Pairing procedure earlier in this section for additional information Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system an nounces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the pairing procedure will begin Refer to Pairing procedure earlier in this section List phone See the description below List phone Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Fr
43. Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems amp Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is auto matically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where
44. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating However for long steep grades do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35 MPH 56 km h or 2nd gear when driving above 58 MPH 93 km h If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible chang
45. If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the
46. KEYS oO RWN Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome INFINITI brand symbol on one side Valet key black with transponder chip Transponder chip Wallet key and key case card type 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 5 Key number plate A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see an INFINITI dealer for duplicates by using the key number INFINITI does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your INFINITI dealer can duplicate it INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the console box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many
47. PRESSURE See Tire and Loading Information label RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE Engine coolant 8 7 Battery 8 13 Power steering fluid 8 11 Automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Heater and air conditioner 4 17 Audio system 4 21 Passenger supplemental air bag 1 46 Spare tire 6 2 Rear door lock 9 12 Fuel filler cap 3 14 Fuel recommenda tions 9 3 Seat belts 1 14 Door locks 3 3 Driver supplemental air bag 1 46 Hood release 3 9 Meters and gauges 2 3 Brake fluid 8 12 Engine oil 8 8 Window washer fluid 8 12
48. Press the TRIP button to select the TRIP screen to be reset Select the Reset key on screen by press ing the ENTER button or Press the TRIP button for more than approxi mately 1 5 seconds FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy ppg Reset Distance to Empty Fuel Econumy 73 miles Fuel economy Press the TRIP button to display Average Fuel Economy and Distance To Empty Average fuel economy MPG or L 100 km The Average Fuel Economy is calculated based on fuel consumption since the last reset The display is updated every 30 seconds and 1 3 mile 500 m After a reset or connecting the battery cables the display will show 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Resetting fuel economy The average fuel economy calculation can be reset to 0 Press the TRIP button repeatedly until the FUEL ECONOMY menu is shown then ei ther Select the Reset key on screen by press ing the ENTER button or Press the TRIP button for more than approxi mately 1 5 seconds Distance to empty MI or km The Distance To Empty DTE mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The DTE is constantly calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level is low the DTE display will change to NOTE
49. SETTINGS screen will be displayed Language unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and pressing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick or pressing the ENTER button The settings are automatically saved when you exit the menu by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 I e OLOCK SETTINGS Auta Adiust GPS Time 06 25 Daylight Saving Time Pacific Select Time Zane Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step The new settings are automatically saved when you exit the setting screen by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button po CLOCK SETTINGS Hours d4 gt Minutes 4 F Auto Adjust GPS Time 06 25 Select Time Zone Setting daylight savings time Use the Daylight Saving Time key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time ON The displayed time advances by 1 hour OFF The current time is displayed 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems pO CLOCK SETTINGS Hours d4 gt q P Daylight Saving Time Select Time Zone Minutes Pacific
50. The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact and roll over air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis tance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Sit upright and well back AWARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impac
51. adjust the vol ume The headphones will automatically be turned off in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that period To prevent the battery from being dis charged keep the power supply turned off when not in use 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems NOTE For optimum infrared headphone perfor mance increase the volume on the rear seat controller to the maximum level and adjust the infrared headphone volume us ing the volume control on the headphones Using a lower volume setting on the rear seat controller can cause static noise in the infrared headphones PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD A CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liq uids may cause the system to malfunction The driver must not attempt to wear the headphones while the vehicle is in mo tion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation While playing video CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all video CD formats With the DVD player you can hear DVD videos video CDs and CDs using headphones Passen gers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound inde pendently of the front seat Press the DVD button located on the front con trols to hear the sound o
52. an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed betwe
53. and consumer information roads have an INFINITI dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at an IN FINITI dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is not a cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance See Capacities and
54. and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg Class II hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 510 kg Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 272 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 545 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart earlier in this section A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine INFINITI hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at an IN FINITI dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibilit
55. and phone systems 4 13 REAR VIEW MONITOR When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground The rearview camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Objects viewed in the rearview monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Make sure that the lift gate is securely closed when backing up e Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled beside the license plate light When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from it HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Lines which indi
56. answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See List of voice commands and During a call later in this section for more information aa PHONE END Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with INFINITI Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND A button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END _ button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the button For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode later in this section Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 49 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE Note You must press the A button or the button within 5
57. as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your INFINITI dealer The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch aga
58. as five INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your INFINITI dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Af ter the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPDO240 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lo
59. at an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instru ments and controls section Replacing the halogen headlight bulb High beam The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your INFINITI dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed Low beam Wattage 35 Bulb no D2R High beam Wattage 60 Bulb no 9005 Always check with the Parts Depart ment at an INFINITI dealer for the latest parts information Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect the per formance of the headlight Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact an INFINITI dealer EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly High HB3 9005 Low D2R Park 7 3057K amp 916 Sidemarker 7 916 Front fog light H3 Turn 7440 Puddle lamp 906 Side turn signal lig
60. automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product SNOW PLOW AWARNING Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Installing a snowplow may affect vehicle handling This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability
61. bags and supplemental side impact and rollover air bags are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration e S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying A in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diag nosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors rollover sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and
62. by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the amp button is pressed again during the eject sequence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the last source will be played CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer in CD mode only 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems CD CARE AND CLEANING Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used Tocleana disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated amp MODE Volume control switch Phone operation switch POWER on an MODE select switch 4 Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel POWER on switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on
63. child restraint requires the use of atop tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Top Tether Anchor Point Locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions 2nd row bench if so equipped on the floor behind the outboard seating positions as shown 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped on the floor behind the seats as shown 3rd row bench seat on the floor of the cargo area behind the center seat position as shown If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0210 Label Flaps are provided in the carpet for easy access to the anchor points for the 2nd row captain s chairs or 2nd row bench seats and are marked with the label shown Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or LATCH 2nd row captain s or bench outboard seating positions as applicable
64. clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling
65. defects US only 9 28 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 29 Event data TeCOrers s ciddacesdiekeedcawadwenneens 9 30 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 30 In the event of a collision 5 9 30 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 28 gal 23 1 4 gal 105 8 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 6 1 2 qt 5 1 2 qt 6 2 Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 Without oil filter change 6 1 4 qt 5 1 4 qt 5 9 Viscosity SAE 5W 30 2 Cooling system With reservoir 3 3 4 gal 3 1 8 gal 14 4 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 3 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 4 Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Main tenance and do it yourself section Automatic transmission fluid Power steering fluid PSF Brake fluid Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant Air conditioning system oil Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty B
66. direction and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the lift gate motion will stop and the drive motor will disengage The lift gate will enter manual mode A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the lift gate If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip during power close the lift gate will reverse di rection and return to the full open position NOTE If the pinch strip is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the lift gate Manual Mode If power operation is not available the lift gate may be operated manually Power operation may not be available if the cancel switch is in the on position if multiple obstacles have been de tected in a single power cycle or if battery volt age Is low To open the lift gate manually press up on the outside handle To close lower and push the lift gate down se curely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 Safe Mode If the lift gate gas stays lose pressure the power lift gate safe mode is activated When the safe mode is activated the lift gate slowly closes A continuous warning chime sounds until the lift gate is in the fully down position Then the lift gate will be pulled to the closed and latch
67. distance sensor 4 detects a slower mov ing vehicle ahead of you the system will reduce your speed so that you follow the vehicle in front of you at the selected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if necessary The detection range of the sensor is approxi mately 390 ft 120 m ahead AWARNING This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry open roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the system in city traffic or congested areas This system will not adapt automati cally to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset in the travel lane This system will not automatically brake the vehicle to a stop AWARNING As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careles
68. easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressin
69. engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at an INFINITI dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam a
70. etc Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using only the tow ing hook In case of emergency 6 13 The towing hook is under tremendous force when used to free a stuck vehicle Never pull the hook at an angle Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive 6 14 Incase of emergency Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior secre cir erage dasa ep saws a 7 2 Cleaning INterO s esr axcaas aasewiuesaoeerade seeds 7 4 Eea E E E E ETET
71. form Owner s manual service manual order information oa wad wm We a ew a Be Parking Parking brake operation Parking parking onhills Pedal position adjustment Personal lights Phone Bluetooth hands free system Power Power door locks Power outlet lt s si ee w ears be Raed Power rear windows 4 5 2 47 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 47 Power vent windows 4 5 2 48 Power windows 0 00582 as 2 46 Rear power windows 2 47 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving precautions c s sc sa pasea m eae 5 3 Precautions on child restraints 1 24 1 35 1 41 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 14 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM e a ee 6 tus a a ok ee N 1 46 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 59 Programmable features 4 7 Push Siung 2 hath we a ha oe ae es 6 10 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 45 Compact Disc CD changer 4 30 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changal ea 4266 4 pid a 4m bs 4 27 Rear audio controls 4 34 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 33 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test kG oe oe ee ee ee a ee 9 29 Rear audio controls 4 5 4 4 26 24 24 6 25 4 34 Rear center seat belt
72. from defroster and foot outlets 7 Air flows from defroster outlets To turn system off Turn and hold the fan speed control dial all the way to the left O until the system turns off OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally 1 Rear fan speed control dial The sunload sensor 1 located on the top center of the instrument panel helps the system main tain a constant temperature Do not put anything REAR CONTROL BUTTON on or around this sensor You can adjust the climate control system for rear seat passengers using the buttons on the main control panel Front passengers can control the rear functions by placing the controls on any setting other than the R 2 Rear temperature control dial Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER To operate the rear air conditioner the engine must be running The rear seat air conditioner can be turned on and off from the front controls If the rear seat fan control dial is set to 0 the air conditioner is turned off If it is set to any of the fan speed positions air is discharged from the rear vents at the corresponding speed When the rear seat
73. from the handset The PIN code 1234 has been assigned by INFINITI and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again 6 The system asks you to assign a priority level F The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities 7 The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone Follow the instruc tions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more infor mation on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call A Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the f button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say the number you wish to call 8 For example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone n
74. gate or glass hatch is closed OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of lift gate position or lock status HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reve
75. in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using the registered key it may be due to interference caused by another reg
76. it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage near a tall building or in a mountain ous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area sur rounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degrada tion and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning please refer to Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for troubleshooting help Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual re garding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment sho
77. keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain 5 6 Starting and driving Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear and apply brakes to control your speed Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack and evenly distribute the load Sec
78. less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap WDI0394 7 Check the pressure of all other tires Checking tire pressure including the spare 1 Remove the valve stem cap fromthe Size Cold Tire Inflation ire Pressure Federal law requires tire manufacturers to l place standardized information on the 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely Front Original Tire L sidewall of all tires This information iden onto the valve stem Do not press too P265 70R18 240 kPa 35 PSI tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro hard or force the valve stem side Rear Original Tire ways or air will escape If the hissing P265 70R18 240 kPa 35 PSI vides the tire identification nu
79. low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed earlier in this section ARMRESTS To use the armrests pull them down to the rest ing position A Stowed position Resting position FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them prop erly if they have been removed for any reason e If the head restraints are removed for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain
80. memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park 3 Press and hold the 4 button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND A button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 4 _ button to select a dif ferent language 5 Press the button For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language earlier in this section 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the A button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded
81. mode STOP Press the STOP button once to stop playing the media The display will show W inthe upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds and the last disc position will be stored When the PLAY button is pressed again it will resume at the stored disc track and time position If the STOP button is pressed again when the player is already in Stop mode it will reinitialize the pointer to the beginning of the disc In effect it will ignore the last stored disc position and upon receipt of the next play message it will begin at the Title Menu or at the beginning of the disc y N EJECT When the EJECT button is pressed with the DVD loaded it will be ejected The display will show the EJECT symbol 4 in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds once the EJECT button is pressed If the DVD is not loaded the display will show NO DISC If the DVD comes out and is not removed within 25 seconds it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DISPLAY If the DISPLAY control is pressed for less than 2 seconds the display menu will appear on the screen 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The display menu will remain on the screen for 10 seconds if no subsequent control activations occur Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within the display menu and use ENTER to select the item Holding the DISPLAY control on the face plate for longer than app
82. not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the en gine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your INFINITI dealer for servicing AWARNING Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C
83. oil gs 2 ee Ra eee ee 8 8 Power steering fluid 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 12 F M V S S certification label 9 10 Fog light switch we a6 4 8 4e de we os 2 29 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 53 Front Sedis we ae ooo S fae eee 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants lt sa s s iaoeo a aaa 9 2 Fuel economy sa peoe a eaa 5 38 FPuekgatge s s e adaa e aaae Oa S 2 6 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 14 Fuel economy setting aoa oaa aaa 4 4 FUSO o4 eaea rrien ae eee oes 8 21 Fusible links a amp amp BS w we ee ws ew ew E 8 23 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 1 ee 2 53 CAS caD aie ob amp bom 6 oh ee a ke ee 3 14 Gauge Automatic transmission fluid temperature GaAUJE sn i oh Bode oO we OS Ee BOR 2 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 Fuel gauge s e sa sa radiri aa a RS 2 6 Odomelef ss s srs a wa aa oaa OA a 2 4 Speedometer ooa a a 2 4 Tachometer 4c ene samana 2 5 Trip odometer 6 i ee ea G eb ae ws 2 4 Voltmeter 0 2 0000 es 2 7 General maintenance 8 2 Hands free phone system Bluetooth Hazard warning flasher switch Head restraints Active head restraint Headlight and turn signal switch Headlight control switch Headlights aiming control
84. parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself INFINITI recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installa tion in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and veh
85. position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by an INFINITI dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is Off A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself sec
86. pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts WDI0452 LDI0456 Type A Type B 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself If the fuse is open replace it with a known good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by an INFINITI dealer KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm
87. re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an_ INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain air bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these supplemental air bag systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 1 61 AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be re placed Additionally
88. recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section INFINITI recommends the use of an en ergy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil ad ditives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new INFINITI vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter cha
89. roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through IN FINITI dealers to assist in cold temperature start ing The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts A WARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be se riously injured by an electrical sho
90. satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 Audio main operation POWER VOLUME control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the POWER VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off POWER VOLUME control knob Turn the POWER VOLUME control knob to ad just the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driv ing speed changes AUDIO knob BASS MIDRANGE TREBLE FADE BALANCE and SSV Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS MID TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV To adjust Bass Mid Midrange Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the press the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to the right or left Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the de
91. seconds to change the language Press Wk PHONE SEND to select Press Sia PHONE END to select Current language 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Pairing procedure NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Setup Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone 1 Push the 4 button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Setup The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 50 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Say Pair phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say New phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on pairing INFINITI recommended cellular phones When prompted for a PIN code enter 1234
92. sion if so equipped will become disabled after 60 seconds To reset the auto leveling suspension cycle the ignition key ON OFF one time In case of emergency 6 5 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame 6 6 Incase of emergency A ee The jack should be used on firm and level ground Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated Lower the ve hicle completely AWARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts ca
93. soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet i 2 Wear indicator Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may
94. supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The INFINITI advanced air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light
95. the 2nd row bench seat if so equipped To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo hauling Q Pull the strap forward located in the center of each seat cushion and fold each seat cushion toward the front of the vehicle 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LW a A 7 2 Then lift up on the recline lever on the side of the outboard seats to fold the outboard seat backs flat To fold the center seatback flat pull up on the strap on the edge of the center seat cushion and fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle 3 There is a carpet panel flap on the back of each seat that can be folded toward the back of the vehicle lt lt VS 4 The carpet panel flap provides a level cargo floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded flat To return the outboard 2nd row bench seats to a seating position reverse the process for the outboard seats To return the center seat to a seating posi tion lift up on the pull strap on the back of the seat base while lifting on the seatback Then push the seat cushion back into place Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion and properly raise the seatback to an upright position Then push the seat cushion down into place Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Folding the 3rd row split bench seat To fold the 3rd row split bench seat flat for maximum cargo capacit
96. the LOAD button If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the POWER VOLUME control knob will start the compact disc LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer press the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pressing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer press the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pressed with the com pact disc loaded with the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play id Gi SEEK TRACK button When the M button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the gt I button is pressed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The co
97. the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also tf the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location and asks for a number For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 53 The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system ac knowledges and asks you for the phone number you w
98. the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 8 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS 0684 peatiaeing eps PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint SEATS hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make 4 WARNING sure that it is securely held in place It should Infants and small children should al not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does ways be placed in an appropriate child move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on restraint while riding in the vehicle the shoulder belt to further tighten the child Failure to use a child restraint or restraint If you are unable to properly secure sega can result in serious injury the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and
99. the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially care ful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag modules 2 SRS curtain side impact and rollover air bag 3 Diagnosis sensor unit 4 Supplemental front air bag modules 5 Crash zone sensor 6 Occupant classification system control unit 7 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor 8 Seat belt buckle switches 9 Pre tensioner retractor 10 Satellite sensors 11 Supplemental side air bag modules INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The
100. the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section 8 Check to make sure the child restraint is Rear facing properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 4 Follow these steps to install a rear facing child through 7 restraint in the 2nd row seats using LATCH Sys tem 1 Recline the seatback if the seatback is ad justable to assist in attaching the child re straint to the lower anchors 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions WRS 0697 Front facing step 7 7 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 LRSO0665 Rear facing web mounted step 3 3 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors 4 Return the seatback to its normal up
101. the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING e Do not expose the b
102. there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the IN FINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure _ _ 1 Remove the 2 lower glove box hinge pins A Remove the glove box from the opening and let it hang by the cord Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 2 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the filter cover 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 3 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 4 Replace the filter cover 5 Install the glove box door 6 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not
103. to 6 feet 1 8 m from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a station ary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the sys tem detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift selector lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The RSS OFF switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off the ignition must be ON An indicator light on the switch will illu minate when the system is turned off If the indi cator light illuminates when the RSS is not turned off it may indicate a failure in the RSS Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless en
104. to prevent the vehicle from moving when it Is jacked up A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Remove the jack tool kit from the floor stor age area in the cargo area 2 Remove the cargo area storage bin cover 3 Unscrew and remove the jack In case of emergency 6 3 4 Assemble the two pieces of the jack rod Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the license plate Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown 6 4 Incase of emergency Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire suspend ing plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING
105. tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition push and release the 4 button located on the steering wheel The light on the overhead console flashes to signal you have entered a voice recognition VR session After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push the button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system lf you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers INFINITI Voice R
106. universal patdi a oi e een tae eeaeeerh eee AE 2 46 Pon SC Sel carens inanin EEEE EA E 2 55 Power WINdOWS sss 0 cme srtseane icine rt stroski 2 46 Programming trouble diagnosis 2 55 Power vent WINKOWS caisecvaceeneurdaavecseeds 2 48 Clearing the programmed information 2 56 Sunroof if so equipped 6 eee eee eee ees 2 49 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 56 Automatic SUNPOOT 5 2463cadacecsdaeesenaedea ad 2 49 If your vehicle is stolen 22 0005 2 56 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 30 29 2827 Instruments and controls U HEL se Wel TT 24 22 20 18 17 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Ventilators P 4 16 Headlight fog light turn signal switch P 2 25 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System P 4 33 4 46 Headlight aiming control P 2 28 Instrument brightness control P 2 29 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 46 P 2 30 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches and Intelligent cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 15 P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 23 P 2 24 Ignition switch P 5 8 Navigation system P 4 2 Navigation system controls P 4 2 Audio system controls P 4 21 F
107. unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand
108. you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor 1 located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged Headlight beam select C To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on andthe 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the PG or 22 posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the P4 or 2 position the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the PG or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Instruments and controls 2 27 Headlight aiming control Depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle and the load i
109. 1 cee 1 Susp If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS ABs If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock braking system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer W Pe Anti lock braking warning light If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function ceases but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you are driving contact an INFINITI dealer for repair AT Automatic transmission check CHECK warning light When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Automatic transmission park warning light gs73 model A WARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly resulting in serious personal injury or property damage The warning light may com
110. 10 Startup screen a see dk eae eee Ba 4 3 Steering Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 47 Tilting steering wheel 3 15 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 33 SIO NGM ses des eee eo eee ees 8 27 Storage 6 66 4 5 Se 4a ee ee eo ee eS 2 35 Overhead storage compartment 2 38 Storage DIN 2 a s s aa w aaae we 2 38 2 42 Storage tray ooa aaa 2 35 DUN VISOS s S s e amp eb ee i a i E we ar a 3 17 Sunglasses case oaoa 4 2 37 Sunglasses holder aoaaa aaa 2 37 SUNOD e sea a o ee a ew eS 2 49 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 60 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 61 2 17 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 53 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 60 Precautions on supplemental restraint SV SUSI ss s sa e erof a aopa aea aa 1 46 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 46 Switch Autolight switch 2 04 4 om ws amp 3 2 26 Automatic power window switch 2 48 Fog light switch 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 30 10 6 Headlight aiming control 2 28 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 25 Headlight control switch 2 26 Ignition switch lt scs ssas ote ae we ae 5 8 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear sonar system off switch 2 32 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWICK oss a dae Be ee me amp
111. 4 7 FED DUONG nocduidceanwes vicdnn banediwtmaw ed 4 13 Rear view monitor 0 0 c eects 4 14 How to read the displayed lines 4 14 Adjusting the SCreen 0 c eee 4 15 Operating UPS cece vce seawsaues ea haber anne ness 4 15 VeQUIAUOlS asacuvasantocs cacwoneenoen Speueeeen tect 4 16 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 17 Automatic operation 0220220 eee eee 4 17 Manual Operation se s cekeuneeetenevisavatoeess 4 18 Rear control button ssssssssa aanne ranne 4 19 Opera ng UPS sseesgi sanini net thiini niee 4 19 Rear seat air conditioner ccc e eee ee ees 4 20 COM Olorvecy cectoereseatedeeuteeyeey TET 4 20 Servicing air conditioner s eee 4 20 AUDIO SVSICM cvceeocesae cou douwviwawet wean eee ws 4 21 oeie o PPE E E Eatin Sie sth ETTE 4 21 FM radio reception ncacceressceuteeveeetaeeuds 4 21 AM radio reception 16 223 ecue ire oxeeeseevedweede 4 21 Satellite radio reception if so equipped Audio operation precautions 00 0 eee FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD CNANOG g2cecsd tceabedesasad eseedcesetstesked CD care and cleaning 2 00eeeeee eee Steering wheel switch for audio control Rear audio CONMO Saws 2cakcacsecerdwswienioaws PNP S56 Seee adeno ET E E E E es cee INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES PSOE QUID EG eae ecnseceddutiiedeeiecterdoes Digital video disc DVD player controls Rem
112. 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly Starting and driving 5 45 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 46 Starting and driving i Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended
113. 5 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pres sure for all four tires You can also check the pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen The order of the tire pressure figures dis played on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position See Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure monitoring system in the In case of emergency section AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for
114. 60 Language setting 4 11 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTE be ee 5 ee oe ee ee ee a 1 26 License plate Installing the license plate 9 11 LAAN a eae a a ck E ad on RA aw 3 9 Lift gaterelease 004 3 12 Light Air bag warning light aaa 1 61 2 17 Brake light See stop light 2 8 27 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 27 Charge warning light 2 14 Fog light switch 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 29 Headlight control switch 2 26 interior light a m s s s a acs ale n aa a a 2 51 Light bulbs n noaa 8 26 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low washer fluid warning light 2 17 Passenger air bag and status light 1 55 Personal IgM s m eo a ae xe ew a i s 2 52 Security indicator light 2 19 Warning indicator lights and audible PEMIMGSIS s o as aosa ae a a 2 12 Lights Map lighis s s aos aos ita 84 0485 tad 2 52 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Door locks ss rceres ireren a e 3 3 Lift gaterelease 3 12 Power door locks sss sa mats memu ma 3 4 10 4 Low fuel warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low washer fluid warning light aa aa 2 17 Luggage hook nonoa aa 2 43 Luggage rack see roof rack 2 45 Luggage See vehicle loading infor
115. 8 Power vent windows P 2 48 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 14 P 9 3 Fuel filler door P 3 14 Child safety rear door locks P 3 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ire If KA TF RS Kia Rear ventilators P 4 16 Storage P 2 35 DVD entertainment system if so equipped P 4 35 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 49 Map lights P 2 52 Sun visors P 3 17 HomeLink P 2 53 Glove box P 2 35 Seats P 1 2 Cup holders P 2 39 Luggage storage P 2 42 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 30 29 2827 Illustrated table of contents Te se Wel TT 24 22 20 18 17 16 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Ventilators P 4 16 Headlight fog light turn signal switch P 2 25 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System P 4 33 4 46 Headlight aiming control P 2 28 Instrument brightness control P 2 29 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 46 P 2 30 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches and Intelligent cruise control main set switches if so equipped P 5 15 P 5 17 Windshield wiper washer s
116. 8 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 11 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Name Anti lock brake Intelligent cruise Low tire pressure warning light control system warning light warning light Or ange if so Low windshield equipped washer fluid warning Automatic transmis sion check warnin Preview Function light g warning light Or Seat belt warning 2 17 ange if so light and chime i 2 17 Automatic transmis equipped sion park warning light EZZ model Supplemental air bag warning light Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light Automatic transmis sion position indica Charge warning 4WD warning light 2 19 tor light warni model light aa Cruise main switch Check Low fuel warning 2 15 indicator light iA a light Green warning light Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Brake warning light Intelligent cruise control ON OFF switch indicator light Green if so equipped Transfer 4LO posi tion indicator light 2523 model Intelligent Cruise Turn signal hazard 2 20 Control system set indicator lights switch indicator light if so equipped Vehicle dynamic control off indicator AWD shift indicator light light CSJ model High beam indicator 2 18 light Blue WENE Malfunction indica 2 18 SOON tor
117. AUTION If the power lift gate does not stay open or if the lift gate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds do not operate the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the lift gate gas stays Have the lift gate inspected by an IN LPD0236 TOL CEE Power lift gate release To open push the button up on the smaller out e Do not activate the power lift gateifone Power lift gate side handle to release the glass hatch then pull or both of the lift gate gas stays are up on the glass hatch To close lower and push removed Damage to the lift gate or If the lift gate cannot be opened with the door Hieselaee hior domir secure g y power lift gate mechanisms may occur lock switch or keyfob due to a discharged battery follow these steps 1 Remove the cover on the inside of the lift gate 2 Move the lever up to open the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 NOTE The lift gate must be unlocked in order to open the glass hatch AWARNING Do not drive with the glass hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR 2 Zz Z LPD0391 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting
118. Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause the ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi SERVICE nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual STEERING WHEEL TILT OPERATION Push the switch Q to adjust the steering wheel up or down 2 to the desired position AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the key is removed from the ignition switch This lets the driver get into a
119. ECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diagno sis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example ve hicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as other wise required or permitted by law 9 30 Technical and consumer information OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrat
120. ENT AND OFF ROAD DRIV ING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions and Avoid ing collision and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the Starting and driving section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious persona
121. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new INFINITI owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your INFINITI dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satisfying ownership experience for as long as you own your car Should you have any questions regard ing your INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer please contact our Consumer Affairs departme
122. G Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag The supplemental side air bag and cur seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system tain side impact and rollover air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents WRS0365 Do not lean against doors or windows A SSS0162 Do not lean against doors or windows A WARNING The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and up right in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previ ous illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 AWARNING When sitting in the 2nd row rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If
123. Headphones See NISSAN mobile entertainment system Heater and air conditioner controls Heater operation Rear seat air conditioner HomeLink Universal Transceiver Luggage hook Ignition switch Immobilizer system Important vehicle information label In cabin microfilter Increasing fuel economy Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 484 hee ce 4 oS oh Sees 9 12 INFINITI mobile entertainment system MES e ssp Gat oOo ek Yh E 4 35 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer SYSTEM oa bake x hon kh oS 2 22 3 2 5 9 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 18 Instrument brightness control 2 29 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 29 Intelligent cruise control ICC system Brake GSSiSt scene Be wh pi Ke 5 36 Interior light ai Se oR hoe ae ey Eee 2 51 ISOFIX child restraints 1 26 J Jump StAtUs ie swe oe oe we ser Bh oye Se os de 6 8 K KOV Gerard hse ee Ga ee Se 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 25 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M V S S certification label 2 0 2 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1
124. LD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recom mended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the 2 16 Instruments and controls TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure monitoring system in the In case of emergency section Tire pressure monitoring system malfunc tion If the tire pressure monitoring system is not func tioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is turned on The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a INFINITI dealer For additional information see Tire pressure monitoring system in the Starting and driving section AWARNING If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch turned ON have the ve hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage c
125. LO at low am bient temperatures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to AUTO 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO f it is difficult to free the vehicle repeat forward and backward movement to in crease the movement f the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position depend ing on driving conditions With the switch set to the AUTO position distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encountered ratio O 100 2WD 50 50 4WD This results in improved driving stability If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the key switch is turned off while in the AUTO 4H o
126. N and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by an INFINITI dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances su
127. NFINITI recommends the use of premium un leaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gaso line is not available you may use unleaded regu lar gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity 5W 30 See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD
128. NITI is covered by the following emis sion warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Book let or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Book let or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 iia tala SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA
129. ON AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or L Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation Starting and driving 5 11 The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so t
130. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 59 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way CalalSte 2c aneasecieneeercesewennas 5 2 On pavement and off road driving Hrecaul NS ssenarini E A E ES 5 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 9 5 Driving safety precautions 5 5 6 ONON SWO are wace pee reese poet ee Erea nE 5 8 Automatic transmission lt 2 22icechcceceredecease 5 8 Key DOSIIONS lt 4 tersucecesedy des deus meteetces eas 5 9 Infiniti vehicle immobilizer system 5 9 Before starting the engine 22 22005 5 9 Starting the engine sn4 ic stienwpereendeareaveceendy 5 10 Driving the vehicle 2424 lt a2endureeeesacegenseeceas 5 10 Engine protection mode 5 10 Automatic TANSMISSION s sssaaa tease ewe ced 5 11 PakO Draka esee eer ee Eeen EEEE EEEN oes 5 15 Cruise CONG e scire rescissione reena 5 15 Precautions on cruise control 5 15 Cruise control operations 2 002 005 5 16 Intelligent Cruise Control system if so equipped 5 17 Selecting the int
131. SET ON OFF pine CANCEL To set cruising speed accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed The CRUISE indicator light green in the instrument panel remains on The Intelligent Cruise Control system cannot be set under the following conditions even if the COAST SET switch is pushed When traveling outside the 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h speed range 5 26 Starting and driving When the selector lever is not in the D Drive 4 3 2 or 1 position While the vehicle is being braked by the driver When pressing the ACCEL RES switch without there being a set speed in memory When the windshield wipers are operating When the parking brake is applied When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is switched off LSDO114 System set display with vehicle ahead CRUISE LSD0130 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation AWARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to prop erly accelerate your vehicle when accel eration is required for a lane change De press the brake pedal when deceleration is requir
132. Seat belt extenders 0 cece eee ees 1 24 ee Supplemental air bag warning light 1 61 Seat belt maintenance eee0eeeee 1 24 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See Precau tions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped Forward and backward FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT Operating tips Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position T
133. T This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 CD Compact Disc with MP3 Terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second ID3 tag The ID3 tag is the part of the encoded MP3 file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Tra
134. a tor light will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory storage function will be canceled and must be restarted before a stored memory position can be set again Drive the vehicle over 25 MPH 40 km h to restart the memory storage function You can also restart the memory storage function using the following procedure 1 Connect the battery cable or replace the fuse 2 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position Once the memory storage function has been restarted you can store a memory position See Memory storage function earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position Set the automatic transmission selector lever to the P Park position then Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second or Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering wheel accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light blink ing and then the light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering wheel will automatically move when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park positio
135. a Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped AWARNING e The Mobile Entertainment System is designed for rear seat passenger view ing only The driver must not attempt to operate the Mobile Entertainment System while the vehicle is in motion so that full at tention may be given to vehicle operation Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass breaks do not Ca touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water Use a damp soft cloth when cleaning the Mobile Entertainment System com ponents Do not use solvents or clean ing solutions Power MODE m gt u MENU osp C477 C loo Sw 6 7 8 e Do not attempt to use the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C or above 158 F 70 C To avoid draining the vehicle battery do not operate the system more than 15 minutes without starting the engine EJECT button DIGITAL VIDEO DISC DVD PLAYER DVD slot CONTROLS ENTER butt POWER aan buto Refer to Playing a digital video disc DVD later MODE button in this section for the function of each button Inp
136. ack of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main Menu Memo Pad Record A Play Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 3 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Record A The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the or a button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system an nounces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos Setup Main Menu Setup Pair Phone A List Phone Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone Select Ringtone Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change options as sociated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth
137. ag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental curtain air bag system Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an IN FINITI dealer The SRS wiring har nesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not act
138. air conditioning cooling function will automatically be turned back ON If 1 The engine coolant temperature is not re duced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON 3 The engine oil pressure warning engine coolant temperature high indicator il luminates this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area and allow the engine to cool If after check ing the oil and coolant the remains on do not continue to drive and call an INFINITI dealer The malfunction indicator lamp may also come ON If only it remains on you do not need to have your vehicle towed but have it inspected soon by an INFINITI dealer See Malfunction indicator lamp in the Warning and indicator lights sec tion of this manual AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do So AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSI
139. all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the tire pressure monitor ing system will not function Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the low tire pressure warning system will not function properly FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of th
140. and weights 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another country 2 xucecetudebed bee eu es aee4enaees exe 9 9 Vehicle identification 00 c eee eee es 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number chassis HUIMDOD cucnuedsecsasecas watvesangucas 9 9 Engine serial number 2 0 2005 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate 9 11 Vehicle loading information 005 9 12 TOMS oc oe oan op esr E E T T T nat 9 12 Vehicle load capacity veuccatvceyveveresdeueenes 9 12 Securing the load ctvise dew ote sce dh ceekewecedes 9 14 Loading IPS 4042c050c cesensereees oeaeseemees 9 15 Measurement of weights 22 5 9 15 TOWING a Wallet ss rascas i tarner n ees cenee us 9 16 Maximum load IMG 222s cnteederserewenttedeuns 9 16 Towing load specification 00 00e 9 19 TOWING safety c2 c2 cndesecedaee se eacciedacccees 9 19 Fiat OWNG eee E tener taker e see T E TO 9 26 Ee DOW aon aveae spends E E E ee sde ne raed 9 27 Uniform tire quality grading lt 2 4ec seseceeeeeeened 9 27 Emission control system warranty 5 9 28 Reporting safety
141. anical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that an INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found la
142. assenger seat Veo WRS0699 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head re straint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a dif ferent child restraint WRS0680 Front facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint
143. at fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por 1 17 tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an ac
144. atching the moni tor screen as it may become dirty or damaged e Do not attempt to use the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C or above 158 F 70 C e Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme humidity conditions less than 10 or more than 75 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD A CAUTION Handle a DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion e Do not use a conventional record cleaner benzine thinner or alcohol in tended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on its inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges using the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated Never attempt to use a DVD that has been cracked deformed or repaired using adhesive Doing so may cause damage to the equipment Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami nation or flaws Otherwise signals may not be read properly Do not write draw or attach anything on any side of the DVD Do not store the DVD in locations with direct sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity Always place discs in the storage case when they are not being used Do not put on any sticker or write anything on either surface of the DVD DVD player operation precautions Do not
145. ater spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax An INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing ona base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will
146. ator light in the In struments and controls section Indicator light If malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and indicator lights come on in the instrument panel If the 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off See Transfer case shifting procedures earlier in this section As long as these indicator lights are on the traction control function is canceled If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control system off using the VDC OFF switch most VDC functions will be turned off The VDC system will still try to transfer power from a slip ping drive wheel to one with more traction when the VDC system switch is OFF The Slip indicator will flash if wheel spin is detected The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve dri
147. ator light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position ESA model or when the vehicle dynamic control sys tem is not functioning properly This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is not operating Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate 2 20 Instruments and controls normally See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by an INFINITI dealer While the vehicle dynamic control system is op erating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or ac celerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sou
148. attery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 WDI0224 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe Conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the
149. ay affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead INFINITI recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 0 00 cece eee eas 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 224 secs 24 wewedad waiwe Gaceees 9 6 SPCCHICAUONS 25 d050 e4 dceankacesaeageacawsee eeeae 9 7 ENGINE 2 222cgecetece sadeeuenens AEA 9 7 Wheels and tires 2 5 occa scene ccda ween Saunas 9 8 Dimensions
150. before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does not close Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the sunroof INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position Q the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights and puddle lamps will stay on for about 30 seconds when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch The ignition switch is turned ON When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The puddle lamps come on when any front or rear passenger door is opened The lights will turn off automatically af
151. bin Large bin Small bin OVERHEAD CONSOLE Storage bins AWARNING Keep storage bins closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Push the button to open a storage bin Push the lid up to close 2 38 Instruments and controls LICO669 Front CUP HOLDERS To open the front cup holders push the cup holder lid To close lower the cup holder lid and push down until it clicks in place A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LICO553 Adjustable Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so that the cup is held securely Instruments and controls 2 39 2nd row rear of front console To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid 2 40 Instruments and controls Rear console if so equipped 2nd row bench if so equipped 3rd row Bottle holder A CAUTION Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers 2ND ROW CENTER CONSOLE if so equipped Pull up on the lever to open the console box lid Instruments and cont
152. brake is applied When the VDC operates except ABS which is functional with ICC system opera tion CRUISE CRUISE Warning light When the system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light Or ange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer Starting and driving 5 35 BRAKE ASSIST WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control System equipped models BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal ex ceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is acti vated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AWARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driv er s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before
153. brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance Starting and driving 5 47 This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot pre vent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remem ber that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping dis tances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is respon sible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels 5 48 Starting and driving When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See Tire and Loading Information label in the
154. cal solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at th
155. canceled when the key is turned OFF For additional information refer to Tow mode in the Technical and consumer information sec tion later in this manual CLOCK If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME To adjust the time turn the adjusting knob POWER OUTLET OOS A inanan w Ls gt iE i c co LIC0664 Front row The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones The power outlets located on the driver s side of the instrument panel and in the luggage area are powered directly by the vehicle s battery The power outlets located on the passenger s side of the instrument panel and in the 2nd row are powered only when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position Open the cap to use a power outlet LICO665 2nd row A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your INFINITI dealer for additional information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Instruments and controls 2 33 LICO551 Luggage area e Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid dischargin
156. captains chairs LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHERS FOR CHILDREN SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH compat ible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped WRS0416 LATCH system anchor locations bench seat 2nd row bench seat outboard positions only if so equipped LRS0344 LATCH label locations 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped LATCH lower anchor point locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is at tached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors LRS0382 LATCH label locations 2nd row bench if so equipped A WARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown in the illustration If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LRSO748
157. cate the vehicle clearance and distances to objects with reference to the bumper line are displayed on the monitor 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems They are indicated as reference distances to objects The lines and colors in the display indi cate distances from the back bumper line in the illustration 1 5 feet 0 5 m red 2 3 feet 1 m yellow 3 7 feet 2 m green 4 10 feet 3 m green The vehicle clearance lines are wider than the actual clearance ADJUSTING THE SCREEN To adjust the quality of the screen refer to HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON in this section When it is difficult to see in the rearward direction due to shady conditions press the ENTER button to make objects in the moni tor brighter To change the brightness press the ENTER button again turn the key switch OFF or shift to R Reverse and wait for 10 seconds OPERATING TIPS When the selector lever is shifted to R Re verse the monitor screen automatically changes to the rearview monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the rearview monitor is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the rear view monitor screen is displayed completely When the selector lever is returned to a position other than R Reverse it may take some time until the screen changes Objects on th
158. ccupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant classification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations 1 55 Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat IN FINITI also recommen
159. ch as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift selector lever to P Park Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF
160. cident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO607 Power front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle un
161. city from Tow ing Load Specification chart 9 200 Ib 4173 kg 6 422 lb 2913 kg 5 567 lb 2525 kg GVWR GVW 855 Ib 888 kg Available for tongue king pin weight 14 650 Ib 6645 kg 5 567 lb 2525 kg GCWR GVW 9 083 Ib 4120 kg Capacity available for towing 855 Ib 888 kg Available tongue weight 9 083 Ib 4120 kg Available capacity 9 tongue weight In this case the available towing capacity is 117 lb 53 kg less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION Towing 9 000 lb 8 900 Ib 8 900 Ib Capacity 1 4 082 kg 4 037 kg 4 037 kg Tongue 900 Ib 890 lb 890 Ib Load 408 kg 403 7 kg 403 7 kg Gross Combined Weight Rat ing 14 700 lb 6 667 kg 14 850 lb 6 735 kg 14 850 lb 6 735 kg 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity NOTE Requires weight distribution hitch TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equ
162. ck if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before staring the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 53 MEMO 5 54 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency OU ge eee ea eater cece weet eee tet senses 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 2 Changing a attr 02 enenng eines ee wean re wanes 6 2 Jump SaN occca ce teen denen votes Dee eee tees 6 8 Push Starge as eee uae wee a E eaten 6 10 If your vehicle overheats Towing your vehicle 0 Towing recommended by INFINITI Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pres sure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a s
163. ck in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row The outboard seating positions on the 2nd row bench seat can be tipped forward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench seat To enter the 3rd row lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row bench seat and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward Then lift up on the lower corner of the seat base and tip the outboard seating position of the 2nd row bench seat forward To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward Sh a LRS0286 HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower pu
164. ck or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front 4 of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 LPDO241 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO183 Door lock switch Type A LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the v
165. ck the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION AWARNING INFINITI recommends that booster seats be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt auto matic locking mode when using a booster sea
166. ck title line on the display Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 Playback order Playback order of the CD with compressed files MP3 is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of the disc ROOT is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order am FOLDER MP3 WHA0543 Playback order chart 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Apple ISO Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported pes ea MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 Supported Sand Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bitrate o rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR Tag information ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 MP3 only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Max folders 255 including root folder Files 512 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 PARER UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 Troubleshooting gui
167. clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place 5 Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle 4 This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a n
168. ct MENU items In the display menu press the ENTER button to select items for modification as per the on screen instructions MENU If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU button is pressed the DVD menu will appear on the screen Use Navigation Keys to navigate within the menu and use ENTER to select the item Press the MENU button again to return to PLAY mode TITLE Remote control only Press TITLE button to return the DVD media to the title of the DVD Press TITLE button again to return to the previous stop point and play BACK Remote control only Press the BACK button to exit the current active menu and return to the previous menu SUBTITLE Remote control only Press the SUBTITLE button to call up subtitle selection menu Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle through each available subtitle AUDIO Remote control only Press the AUDIO button to call up audio menu Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle through each available audio track ANGLE Remote control only Press the ANGLE button to call up camera angle menu Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cycle through each available angle CLEAR Remote control only Press the CLEAR button to clear all numeric inputs if actuated prior to expiration of the 3 second timer NUMERIC KEYPAD 0 9 amp gt 10 Remote control only Press the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly access disc chapters titles or tracks by in
169. ctions and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 7 Make sure the aio indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the og indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park AT and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H See Automatic transmission park warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Using four wheel drive in the Starting and driving section Turn off the engine To drive away h O A W N Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal
170. d adjustments Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the O button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob Using the interior lights Pushthe button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights and puddle lamps For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section earlier in this manual HOOD 4 Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly 2 Lift up the lever at the front of the hood as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place AWARNING e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFT GATE AWARNING Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See
171. d driving 5 17 ACCEL RES COAST SET ON OFF pine CANCEL CRUISE LSD0129 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode mode To change the mode push the ON OFF switch once then turn on the system again Always confirm the setting in the Intelligent Cruise Control system display WARNING In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead 5 18 Starting and driving e Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For the conven tional fixed speed cruise control mode see page 5 33 VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system auto matically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the speed as you would with a normal cruise control system PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following another vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction If the
172. d the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked lf adoor is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to to Ve hicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual NOTE If you change the horn beep and lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the mode Use the key fob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control a Unlocking doors Push the M Only the driver s door unlocks LPDO210 button on the keyfob once The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior lights and puddle lamps turn on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Pushthe button on the keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or START position locking the doors with the keyfob or pu
173. d to open it with the outside opener handle The switch on the rear pillar cannot be used to open the lift gate A warning chime will sound if the shift selector lever is moved out of P Park during a power open operation Power Close The power lift gate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position When the lift gate reaches the secondary posi tion the cinching motor engages and pulls the lift gate to Its primary latch position Power close takes approximately 7 10 seconds The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the keyfob the instrument panel and the rear pillar The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power close sequence has been started f the outside opener handle is activated while the cinching motor is engaged the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec ond before the lift gate closes The switch on the rear pillar can only be used to close the lift gate if the cancel switch is not in the on position Reverse The power lift gate will reverse direction immedi ately during power open or power close if the keyfob instrument panel or rear pillar switch is pressed or if the outside handle is lifted A chime will sound to announce the reversal Auto Reverse If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close a warning chime will sound and the lift gate will reverse
174. de Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the disc was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player Cannot play If there is a temperature increase error the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications 5 P i Check if the disc is scratched or dirty oor sound qualit iai Bit rate may be too low It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3 disc or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips iat i a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the When a non MP3 file has been given an extension of MP3 or mp3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection there will be approximately 5 n
175. ded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads e The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJEC
176. ded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Technical and consumer information 9 19 Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle Another reason to have a weight distributing ball mount is to comply with the rating on your re ceiver Most receivers have a weight carrying rating of 5 000 Ibs gross weight 500 Ibs tongue weight and a weight distribution rating of 10 000 lbs gross weight 1 000 lbs tongue weight This means that without using a we
177. display will illu minate 2 Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle one and a half circles at a maximum speed of 6 MPH 10 km h 3 After completing the circles the display should return to normal f the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized famagnet is located in or near the overhead console in the front of the vehicle or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial mag netism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS E 2 12 or Anti lock braking warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Automatic transmission park warning light CZJ model or Brake warning light Charge warni
178. do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted t
179. ds that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag Is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but th
180. e If the engine is stopped the set distance becomes long Each time the engine is started the initial setting becomes long The CRUISE indicator light green will light on the instrument panel Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if The chime sounds The vehicle ahead detection and set dis tance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles Some examples are When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in creasing When the accelerator pedal is depressed overriding the system When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly Starting and driving 5 29 5 30 Starting and driving NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors 1 which are fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate th
181. e bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Appearance and care 7 5 Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult an INFINITI dealer 7 6 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 2 02ee00 8 2 General maintenance 0 0c cece eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS ss ssassn snurrar eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 veescceugessevateareeges ens 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 7 Changing engine coolant 2 00e 0e 8 8 PACING Olarrea E EE E AE tas 8 8 Checking engine oil level
182. e device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result ina collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including pre scription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli sions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the li
183. e front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supple mental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child e INFINITI recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats or the front p
184. e minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control is turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off even if the air flow MODE control button is used to select a position other than the posi tion This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculation mode automatically turns off allowing out side air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defog ging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control dial Turn the fan speed control dial GS left or right to manually control the fan speed or turn the system on or off Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation The mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger com partment to prevent fogging Push the air recirculation button to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle Push the AUTO button to return to automatic mode The air recirculation button will not be activated when the air conditioner is in DEF floor or floor defrost mode 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Air flow control Pushing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet s4 Air flows from center and side s ventilators Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets 4 Air flows mainly from foot outlets wi Air flows
185. e on when the ignition switch is ON and the auto matic transmission lever is shifted to the P position while shifting the trans fer case between 4H and 4LO Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the warning light comes on Before shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position or out of 4LO in the 4H position move the auto matic transmission selector lever into the N position Shift the selector lever into the P position and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is ON and the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock r O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Instruments and controls 2 13 Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as nece
186. e passen ger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illu minate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a c
187. e screen may be distorted until they are completely displayed When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the rearview moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object When the contrast of objects is low at night pressing the ENTER button may not change the brightness Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the rearview monitor may not display ob jects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected Do not use body wax on the camera window Wipe off the wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 VENTILATORS Adjust air flow direction for the driver and pas senger side 1 c
188. e sweep opera tion of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 8 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Instruments and controls 2 23 e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water 2 24 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper CQ Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several t
189. e used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 5 52 Starting and driving 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery
190. e vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when en tering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle Also the sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation steering maneuver or driving position in the lane or the traffic condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some damage Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h When the selector lever is shifted to a posi tion other than D Drive 4 3 2 or 1 includ ing the manual shift mode When the wiper is operated When the parking brake is applied When the VDC is turned off When the VDC operates CRUISE Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled automatically in the conditions described below The CRUISE indica tor light green in the instrument panel comes on Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set When the VDC is turned off When the VDC operates When atire slips When strong light sunlight etc is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Action t
191. e vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 9 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed Technical and consumer information 9 29 EVENT DATA R
192. each solution in turn starting with number 1 until call eight oh five four one the problem is resolved Correction setup change ring tone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven 4 58 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly met noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section phone book 2
193. ecognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone num ber Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel amp PHONE SEND Push the 4 amp button to initiate a VR session or
194. ected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational For additional information see Security sys tems later in this section Slip indicator light This indicator light will blink when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the igniti
195. ed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off Ifa vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to the vehicle Starting and driving 5 27 CRUISE When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the vehicle speed ex ceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set soeed The CRUISE indicator light green will light on the instrument panel Although your vehicle may be at the set vehicle speed based on ICC system control depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accel erate your vehicle rapidly 5 28 Starting and driving How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods Push the CANCEL switch The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out Turn the ON OFF switch off Both the ON OFF switch indicator and set vehicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch The set vehicle speed will inc
196. ed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Technical and consumer information 9 25 Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual Tow mode Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Press the tow button to activate the tow mode The tow indica tor in the instrument panel illuminates when the tow mode is selected Press the Tow button again to turn the tow mode OFF The Tow mode is automatically cancelled when the key is turned OFF 9 26 Technical and consumer information The Tow mode does the following Reduces transmissions shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load Provides similar shift feel to driver when the vehicle is towing The Tow mode should be used when the vehicle and t
197. ed position by a motor The power lift gate cannot be opened using the switches at any time in the safe mode The auto reverse function remains active while the lift gate is closing in the safe mode Do not operate the lift gate again until it is checked by your INFINITI dealer 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION If the power lift gate does not stay open or if the lift gate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds do not operate the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the lift gate gas stays Have the lift gate inspected by an IN FINITI dealer e Do not activate the power lift gate if one or both of the lift gate gas stays are removed Damage to the lift gate or power lift gate mechanisms may occur CANCEL a CANCEL SWITCH Press the switch toward the CANCEL position to disable the rear pillar switch The lift gate can still be opened and closed using the switch on the instrument panel and keyfob The lift gate can also be opened manually with the outside handle if the lift gate is unlocked LIFT GATE RELEASE AWARNING Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving GLASS HATCH Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex haust gas in the Starting and driving section of this manual A C
198. ed to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden brak ing or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system main tains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed The CRUISE indicator light green in the instrument panel comes on Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by control ling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain a driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on and the brake pedal depresses when braking is performed by the ICC system A CAUTION Never place your foot under the brake pedal when the brake is operated by the Intelligent Cruise Control system You may get your foot caught in the pedal When a vehicle ahead is detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and se lected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set spe
199. ee Phone Sys tem are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 55 Change priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is ac tive when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones
200. eedle or small pin Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 Rear window wiper blade Q Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win dow 2 Push the wiper blade in and pivot until the blade becomes free 3 Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and snap into place 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See an INFINITI dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the Maintenance Log section of your INFINITI Ser
201. eep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions 9 24 Technical and consumer information Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvert ently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corre
202. ehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the unlock position WPD0381 Door lock switch Type B Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and then unlock auto matically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn on the interior lights and puddle lamps and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Some settings for the keyfob such as horn beep can be adjusted Refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air con ditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the veh
203. elligent cruise control mode Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance CONIPO MOGs cesieae wetness eeseen coeds beeen Conventional FIXED SPEED cruise control MOOG scvcestuacdsarecnas secheupeauauokhenssa eee Brake Assist WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control System equipped E e EEEE E A EE E Brako assisi seror eera Er TERNE E ENEG Preview function sires secie roicaesdosapsadp ani Break in schedule 0 0 cece eee eee Increasing fuel CCONOMY 0 6 c cece eee eens ESI Using four wheel drive 4WD Transfer case shifting procedures Parking parking on hills see e saceeeueeeeenaseese Power SICClING c205 cnce suekee nedseeieeacsae cd BIQkK system texceccenhetessaceatenesaeeatsasenees Brake precautions ac ace 6 ace h de Seetia ortega aero atid nani Anti lock braking system ABS 05 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system Rear sonar system if so equipped 05 Cold weather GtivinGiirs lt d5cent lt rereaeeiesaerecaaes Freeing a frozen door lock Draining of coolant water Tite SGUIDMEN 2 aaSueeueneteredtvewmeenesnedye 5 52 Special winter equipment 2 200008 5 52 Driving ON SNOW OF ICE 2o cee ccc ecemeted sx aces x 5 52 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 53 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adu
204. elt 1 20 Seat belt extenders 1 24 Seat belt maintenance 1 24 Seat belts oaa a 1 14 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 23 Three point type with retractor 1 18 Seat belt warning light a oaoa 2 17 Seatback pockets o oo a 2 37 Seats Adjustment aoaaa 1 2 Automatic drive positioner 3 20 Front seats cocci a ek eee em wd ee ee 1 2 Heated seats noaoo 2 31 Second row captain s chair adjustment 1 4 Security indicator light 2 19 Security system INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 22 3 2 5 9 Self adjusting brakes aooaa aaa 8 21 Service manual order form 9 30 Servicing airconditioner 4 20 Setting button i 4 5 be ade Raw we ww ew 4 7 Shift lock release 008 4 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 12 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 23 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems 5 ba amp Goe0k 2a 6 eh ew 1 58 Sonar Rear system 4 we Sm Me oh Rew 5 50 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 0 0000 eae 2 4 SRS warning label 1 60 Starting Before starting the engine 5 9 JUMP Starting ee a a eee ke ew ew ew a 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 P sh starting lt p race ue ole erena 6 10 Starting the engine 5
205. elt anchor 2 to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Re lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING Only INFINITI seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat belts should be used with INFINITI seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of
206. elt tongue are secured when using the seat belt Do not use it with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt When folding down the 3rd row seat the 3rd row center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows Q Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key into the connector buckle Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base O Insert the seat belt tongue into the fabric sleeve so it will lay flat Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base A WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt Always be sure the 3rd
207. en traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or vehicle speeds change gradu ally If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly de celerates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this oc curs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32km h The system will also disengage below the 20 MPH 82km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed Refer to Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled when the se lector lever is in any D Drive position When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approxi mately 25 and 89 MPH 40 and 144 km h When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead The adjusting speed range is be tween approximately 20 MPH 32 km h and the set speed When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains speed up
208. en the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat INFINITI recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child re straint in the front seat see Child re straint installation using the seat belts later in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by co
209. enter 2 and rear passenger 3 and ventilators by moving the ventilator slide and or ventilator assemblies 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic e Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling or heating auto This mode may be normally used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a con stant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Driver temperature control dial AWARNING 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be 2 Front window defroster button See a ea displayed 3 Fan speed control and system OFF dial Seely FHL 2 Turn the driver s side temperature control 4 AUTO button dial to the left or right to set the desired 5 Passenger temperature control dial e Do not leave children or adults who temperature Driver and passenger tem 6 A C ON OFF button would normally require the assistance peratures can be set independently Press 7 Rear control and fan speed dial of others alone in your vehicle Pets AUTO a second time to activate dual climate E Bases dau damacics Ganon should also not be left alone They control functions Turn the passenger s side could accidentally injure themselves or temperatu
210. enty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid w
211. equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 6 out APSE ns PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PXXX XXRXX TOTAL FRONT x REAR TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED LE POIDS COMBIN D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXC DER COLD TIRE PRESSURE OAAED C ALAALA PRESSION DE GONFLAGE FROW EA 4 XXX kPa XX PSI XX kg OR XX Ibs XX kg OU XX Ibs INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES ARRENE PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI WAEA Tire and loading information label D Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven
212. es in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described earlier in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use overdrive Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and spe
213. es on the plastic finisher at the Loading Information label The label is locatedas the underside of the hood as shown location mark small dimple using a 0 20 in shown 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Install the license plate holder using the two screws provided with the holder 2 Mount the license plate using two M6 14mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 11 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 9 12 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch tra
214. ew driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge reading does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Continued vehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine VOLTMETER When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running It indicates the gen erator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the reading is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging sys tem is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE GAUGE When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this gauge indicates the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid The automatic transmission fluid temperature is in the normal range 4 when the gauge reads within the zone show
215. ext song when playing seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems et a eto 5 ney cD DVD f Nid I T I T 6 7 9 8 CD6 CHANGER 1 oa C l D L n e PUSH PUSH VOLUME TUNE CHANNEL AUDIO SEEK TRACK button 7 RADIO button TUNE FOLDER CAT button 8 DVD button DISP button 9 REAR ON OFF button SCAN RPT button 10 E speaker control button PRESET A B C button 11 LOAD button CD button 12 CD insert slot 13 amp CD eject button 14 POWER VOLUME control knob 15 Station and CD select 1 6 buttons 16 AUDIO TUNE control knob BASS MID TREBLE FADE and BALANCE No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to select satellite radio stations unless optional
216. f the DVD play through the speakers Press the REAR ON OFF button located on the front controls to disable or enable rear seat audio controls For more information on rear seat audio controls see Rear Audio Controls earlier in this section Pressing the button on the front controls turns the rear speakers on or off and enables or disables the wireless headphones It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote control Headphones are a wireless type and no cables are necessary You can use them in almost all the ranges in the rear seat It is not possible to use the headphones in the front seat POWER on off button With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON position press the POWER button to turn the DVD player on or off Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side facing up The DVD will be guided automatically into the slot Ifthe DVD player is off and a DVD is inserted the DVD player will automatically turn on A CAUTION Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player MODE select button Press the MODE button to select Audio Video source between DVD and AUX input input jacks on the faceplate Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input and Yellow Video input The display will show the AUX in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds once the Mode is changed to AUX To use the input jacks refer to Auxiliary inpu
217. fan control dial is set to R the rear seat passengers control their own fan speed 1 Rear fan speed control dial 2 Rear temperature control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the rear vent fan on and off and controls fan speed Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows rear passen gers to adjust the temperature of the outlet air 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your INFINITI ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your INFINITI air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual An INFINITI dealer is able to service your envi ronmentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the POWER VOLUME knob t
218. fob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control Keyless remote response lights Select to turn on or turn off the hazard indicator flash mode used when the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob is pressed NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display control Auto re lock time Select to set the length of time before doors automatically re lock Sensitivity of automatic headlights Select to change the sensitivity setting of the automatic headlights Lower less sensitive automatic headlights will take longer to come on when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Higher more sensitive automatic headlights will come on quicker when the headlight sensor senses less ambient light Automatic headlights off delay Select to change the setting for the length of time the automatic headlights remain on after exiting the vehicle Speed dependent wiper Select to turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper function Return all settings to default Select to change all VEHICLE ELECTRONICS SYSTEMS to their default settings SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit Clock Beep Setting System settings Select the System Settings key by using the joystick and pressing the ENTER button The SYSTEM
219. fter using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Technical and consumer information 9 3 E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level 9 4 Technical
220. g medium short 5 CRUISE CRUISE 1 Intelligent cruise control system display The display is located under the tachometer 1 2 Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the ICC system Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you When the key switch is turned ON the display comes on as illustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is started aa GEBs mune CRUISE CRUISE LSDO111 System check display 3 Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance between ve hicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 Indicates your vehicle 5 ON OFF switch indicator light Green Indicates that the ON OFF switch is ON 6 Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed will be indicated by km h ACCEL RES COAST SET ON OFF apune CANCEL Operating vehicle to vehicle distance control mode To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light green set distance indicator and set ve hicle speed indicator come on and they are ona standby state for setting A CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Control Starting and driving 5 25 ACCEL RES aie COAST
221. g or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission shift selector lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly Starting and driving 5 39 TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES All mode 4WD system provides 4 positions AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions 5 40 Starting and driving 2WD or 4WD shift procedure 4WD Shift Switch Position Wheels Driven Rear wheels or 4 wheels
222. g The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean witha dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents deter gents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish 7 4 Appearance and care Neve
223. g such conditions may 3 4 5 lead to accidents fire or electrical shock 6 78 1 X42 brightness control button P 4 13 5 TRIP button P 4 3 2 BACK previous button P 4 3 6 DEST button 3 Joystick and ENTER button P 4 3 7 ROUTE button 4 8 SETTING button P 4 7 MAP button 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 9 GUIDE VOICE button 10 Q 11 amp For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual zoom out button zoom in button When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function HOW TO USE THE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Use the joystick to choose an item on the display screen Move the joystick up down left or right to highlight an item Then press the ENTER button to select the item or perform the action HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTON This button has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you press the BACK button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup
224. g the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF 2 34 Instruments and controls Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER GOS This power outlet can be used with an acces sory cigarette lighter element Contact your IN FINITI dealer for information This power outlet can also be used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular tele phones A CAUTION The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the
225. ge your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from an INFINITI dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle INFINITI recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used Always attach safety chains before towing In case of emergency 6 11 For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI 6 12 Incase of emergency A CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing d
226. gible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows and the sunroof if so equipped NOTE The system can be armed even if the win dows and sunroof are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual Confirm that the S indicator light comes on The S light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the ve hicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The coe light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the door the system may not arm Fur thermore if the key is tur
227. gine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpectedly move even if the automatic transmission is in the P position A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving 5 42 Starting and driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 5 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising ve hicle speed excessively as the maxi mum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD AUTO and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the en gine brake and low automatic transmis sion gears D1 or D2 for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD AUTO and 4H with the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear IN FINITI recommends driving in the 2WD or AUTO position under these conditions e The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4
228. h 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD and AUTO 43 MPH 70 km h w o tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h w tow mode 4H 43 MPH 70 km h w o tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h w tow mode 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h Starting and driving 5 13 A B e Shift lock release lf the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 5 14 Starting and driving 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now t
229. h ea 4 2 Setting button oo lt a So 228 8484 we 4 7 Startup screen 2 2 ee ee ee 4 3 Tip BUON aes bast oma so oe ee od 4 3 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 33 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 17 Rear audio controls 4 34 Rear seat air conditioner 4 20 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 0004 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection aooaa a 7 5 Cruise control aoaaa ee ee ee 5 15 Cup holders s s oete ethan adad eas 2 39 10 2 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag 1 58 D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 20008 2 28 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG ca amp a oat ee od wee we 2 25 Digital video disc DVD 4 35 Dimensions and weights 9 8 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 29 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 Distance to empty aoao ee eee 4 4 DOOVlIOCKS amp sosi samomu mi ween e a 3 3 Door open warning light 2 14 Drive Dells e s js oe wowed at eae ke bees 8 15 Drive positioner Automatic 3 20 Driving Cold weather driving 5 51 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 5 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy TUel s ssa Ahn ho ewe ow 5 38 E
230. hange in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the s
231. he ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warn ing light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to an INFINITI dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not functi
232. he foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed 5 12 Starting and driving e To move the selector lever Shift while depressing the brake pedal gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch Move the selector lever to the P Park position then the key can be turned to LOCK P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking
233. he in dicator light will turn on For information on the automatic anti glare rear view mirror see Automatic anti glare rearview mirror earlier in this section Heated mirrors The outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information see Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instrument and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER The automatic drive positioner system has two features Memory storage function Entry exit function 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat steering wheel accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive po sitioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Set the automatic transmission selector le ver to the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition ON Adjust the driver s seat steering wheel ac celerator and brake pedals and outside mir rors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For addi tional information see Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section and Pedal po sition adjustment Steering wheel and Outside mirrors earlier in this section During this step do not turn the ignition to a
234. he power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section for au tomatic drive positioner operation The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Seat lifter Lumbar support driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or The lumbar support feature provides lower back down to adjust the angle and height of the seat support to the driver Move the switch forward or cushion backward to adjust the seatback lumbar area 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2ND ROW CAPTAIN S CHAIR ADJUSTMENT Reclining To recline the seatback pull up on the lever and lean back The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see P
235. he vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have an_ INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair it if necessary PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL AWARNING z ACCEL RES 1 Be sure the parking brake is fully re to
236. held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the INFINITI Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual Instruments and controls 2 55 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapid
237. her conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the follow ing conditions The vehicle is still drive able under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may de tect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may move slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction CRUISE Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not operating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunctioning the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer Starting and driving 5 37 Sensor maintenance The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligen
238. high TE The difference in 4WD Blinks slowly wheel rotation is po large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the key switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out High temperature transfer case oil makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per sec ond If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe place imme diately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation or rapidly after stopping the vehicle for a while have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD warning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H Be especially careful when driving If corre sponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the
239. ht Room map lights Personal lights 2GL T2P Footwell 158 Glove box light 158 Vanity mirror light Step light 194 Cargo light 28 High mounted stop light Rear combination light Tail Stop Backup reversing Turn License plate light See an INFINITI dealer for replacement Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself Cen oS SYS Room map light Front personal lights Step light Puddle lamp Side turn signal light High mount stoplight Cargo light Rear turn signal light Headlight assembly Fog light Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover 4 Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation LDI0364 LDIO385 Personal lights Vanity mirror Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing LDIO389 Room map lights Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 LDIO341 LDI0388 WDI0233 Step light Puddle light Cargo light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear turn signal light WDI0415 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of e
240. hway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found later in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth op eration and keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position contr
241. iation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Num ber 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 XXX XXXKX t t 5 6 WDI0396 Three digit code Tire type code Optional Three digit code Date of Manufac ture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The w
242. ible for tire replacement and or system resetting Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the automatic transmission is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire
243. icate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information This system does not monitor the tire pres sure of the spare tire The low tire pressure warning system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at 5 4 Starting and driving speeds above 16 MPH 26 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driv ing The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 2
244. icle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact an INFINITI dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob to become wet Do not drop the keyfob Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen INFINITI rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact an INFINITI dealer 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 om LPDO209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the hood and all doors 4 Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice an
245. icle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright as possible 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Che
246. ight The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System is operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see an INFINITI dealer for service as soon as possible Please bring all INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem keys that you have when visiting your INFINITI dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster Also the intermit tent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster NOTE You can turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Refer to Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air condi tioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual 2 Low continuous low speed operation 3 High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have on
247. ight distributing ballmount the receiver is only designed to carry 5 000 lbs When hooking up a trailer using a weight distrib uting hitch always refer to the hitch manufactur er s instructions 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 9 20 Technical and consumer information 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2 The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sway control devices are used to help control the effects of sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles Make sure the sway control device is compatible with the trail er s brake system Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount
248. ignal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will acti vate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 26 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure information in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems sec tion and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the Starting and driving section 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your INFINITI dealer as soon as poss
249. iler tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label if so equipped Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg
250. ilizer System key for ex ample when interference is caused by another INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key an au tomated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered INFINITI Ve hicle Immobilizer System key If the no start condition re occurs INFINITI rec ommends placing the registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT LIC0474 Security indicator l
251. imes AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors Start the engine and push the rear window de froster switch The rear window defroster indica tor light on the display screen comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AWARNING Z HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights a
252. important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of genuine INFINITI collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINITI s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the u
253. in or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dy namic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section Instruments and controls 2 31 REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH AWARNING The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The rear sonar system Is active when the ignition is inthe ON position and the shift selector lever is in R Reverse When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper a beeping tone is emitted The rear sonar system can be disabled by push ing the OFF switch When the system is disabled 2 32 Instruments and controls the indicator light on the switch will illuminate Push the switch again to enable the system The indicator light will go off The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is turned on See Rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section TOW MODE SWITCH Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Using tow mode at other times may cause unnecessary transmission shifting and reduced fuel economy Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode The indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi nates when tow mode is selected Press the tow mode switch again to turn tow mode OFF Tow mode is automatically
254. influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several sec
255. int manufactur er s instructions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS0663 LRS0664 Front facing web mounted step 3 Front facing rigid mounted step 3 3 Secure the child restraint anchor attach with the proper child restraint fit try another ments to the LATCH lower anchors seating position or a different child restraint 4 Return the seatback to its normal upright and locked position The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjust ment in this section If the head restraint is re moved store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 5 LRS0671 Front facing step 5 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to
256. int top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Side finisher When hooking on ropes do not a a load of more than 55 Ib 245 N to a single A hook or 44 lb 196 N to a single hook Instruments and controls 2 43 Floor hooks Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N to a single hook 2 44 Instruments and controls i ele o er esr erereve ee ane cb BES OSS SPR Ce ee eS eo Vets Oo eC ote tet atatate tate les tt te ote testa tase te tSettetses tees S teeta te te ta ae katapat tat oo 42 Seat ett ete tate te tet fat aters tette a ate erat arer eret rs 5 2 mi gt a re t A gt i Daa Tatarar Ta 3 tat e stetatie t zi senese ote fe etetelezese irate Tes E e e a a E EEA A Ki A E SE R tian C 3 CARGO NET The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while the vehicle is in motion To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers To remove the cargo net detach the hooks from the cargo net retainers A WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecu
257. intenance and do it yourself SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped A spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your INFINITI dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in your INFINITI Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter 1 Loosen the screw 2 Disconnect the electrical connector 3 Push down on the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t
258. ion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire fail
259. ion fluid temperature aeia EEE E E E T E 2 7 Compass and outside temperature display 2 8 Outside temperature display 0 2 8 COMPASS CISDIAVn enc cen ededu dears daweeadawennes 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking DUDS caswe care awneeeaks anreev iwun 2 13 Warning NOMS 2 eecec sanert ures eaneee unease 2 13 indicator NIGMS 2 ost ecgecendscecteaas nenaeesens 2 17 Audible reminders 00 ccc eee eee eee 2 20 Se CUE SYSTEMS sq Sedie nea aucun peu deca asa ee 2 21 Vehicle security system 22 00 00e 2 21 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system 2 22 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 23 SWIC ODETAION xiawnncanedyceise veces aus cares 2 23 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 24 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 25 Xenon NCAClCNS sx onan xeveds Leer deveeedeweceeas 2 25 Headlight control switch 0 cee eee 2 26 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 28 Instrument brightness control 005 2 29 T rn signal switch c 0s220esecwerse ee snusaecesea 2 29 Fog IGE SWiHCWcccndecasecacecanaaeuad Gee awe 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch 000 eee 2 30 Oea iota se eee eugadeaee geeneen cae ss neees eu 2 30 Hegied Seis cesene ca dcde cben yekwehvies ieee deded 2 31 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off swi
260. ions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal 5 16 Starting and driving To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument pane
261. ions and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at INFINITI dealerships Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com infiniti For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest INFINITI dealer For the phone number and location of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Service and Owner s Manuals for older INFINITI models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some
262. ions at M a extremely close distances to the DVD player Size AAA headphones or not at all Make sure thatthe and ends on Be careful not to touch the battery terminal the batteries match the markings inside the An improperly disposed battery can harm compartment l the environment Always confirm local regu 3 Close the lid securely lations for battery disposal 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the remote control and head phones FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This de vice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular
263. ipment is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls are available from your INFINITI dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine INFINITI trailer hitch is available from your INFINITI dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be ca pable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch compo nents Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or prop erty damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threa
264. ir bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light Aa is located under the climate controls The light op erates as follows Unoccupied passenger s seat The A2 is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 2 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied
265. ire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As
266. ires coolant have it checked by an INFINITI dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT An INFINITI dealer can change the engine cool ant The service procedure can be found in the INFINITI Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL Ss CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark
267. istered key an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring Re start the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 5 seconds 3 Repeat step 1 and 2 again 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs INFINITI rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Starting and driving 5 9 STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift se
268. ition while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury 5 8 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion with the key in the ON position 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the selector lever is shifted to the P Park position after the key is turned to the OFF posi tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is
269. ivated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your INFINITI dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an IN FINITI dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the front and side impact supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same a
270. kelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol Starting and driving 5 5 affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your INFINITI is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your INFINITI is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that two wheel drive models are less capable than four wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will
271. kes On repeated uphill and downhill roads Starting and driving 5 19 When traffic conditions make it diffi cult to keep a proper distance be tween vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Con trol system if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the accelerator pedal Al ways Stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section 5 20 Starting and driving Vehicle to vehicle distance mode operation Always pay attention to the operation of the ve hicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles following distance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor T located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector of the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cann
272. keys 3 2 DOO aE EE E ee ee 3 3 Locking with Key sssccceciedssrrresserwerserodes 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 4 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Child safety rear door lock 0 cece eee e ees 3 5 Remote keyless entry system 0 0 c eee eee 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 IOC sae Ganpaneugoas on cedeb cate pscaimcees ETO a 3 9 Li OAG ss 2ea lt raegesanesdecnees ene bee eeeeedeenee 3 9 Operating the power lift gate 0c eee 3 10 CONC el SWIC Wade tarcctvune sewers eee en KARES S 12 Lift gate release nunnnnnanun nanana 3 12 EEE e PE E naeees 3 13 Fuskilerdoor riiisrisrist pidina ERAEN SE 3 14 Fuelfiler CdD ser vesssrrisesiwerri arresiak 3 14 Steering wheel ceva nneerencaevagee eer es ewewae ws 3 15 TI Oran Oh erosi rer se eccees cc erese ennea 3 15 Entry EXIt MNCUON ses teasveseen eed ccekece sade 3 16 Pedal position adjustment 0 00 c eee eee 3 16 SUN VISOS eakad esta ndow ees tene eceeeedanseecees 3 17 Vany TOTS eo Gceeenens ee S cesses 3 17 MINS aaen anae a EAR E 3 18 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror 3 18 Outside Mirrors occ cee eecneeacete ac csecensce ee 3 18 Automatic drive positioner 0c cece eee eee 3 20 Memory storage function 00 cee eens 3 20 Entry exit MNCHON ceciecantreseucerecececex ad 3 21 System ODGIaAllON csc neee da eacaes tether ween ed 3 22
273. l license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 2 26 Instruments and controls Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for up to 180 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be ad justed See Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF P4 or position Be sure
274. l and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION INFINITI recommends the use of premium un leaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If unleaded premium gaso line is not available you may use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in performance A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug ges
275. l go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you move the shift selector lever to N Neu tral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Crui
276. l injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen lt Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Ct my Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlor ate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH
277. lamp MIL 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system GAS a cea cee arse ET nese E 1 2 Child Testa Sccck csuwtadncucsiniekyweaweteweees 1 24 Front power seat adjustment 05 1 3 Precautions on child restraints 0000 1 24 2nd row captain s chair adjustment 1 4 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren 2nd row bench seat adjustment system LATCH 000 cece cece eens 1 26 if so equipped PRE aa HABRA BCE Tam E aaa Sie ae 1 6 Top tether strap child restraint 1 29 Head restraint adjustment SENE AAR ee 1 7 Child restraint installation using LATCH 1 31 Active head restraint front seats 05 1 8 Child restraint installation using the seat A cc 1 9 Bel E edd dee aeemeaseuewene 1 35 Flexible seating 0 ieee eee 1 9 Booster seats 0 ccc cece cece eee e eee niae 1 41 Seat belts Se 1 1 4 Precautions on booster seats S 1 41 Precautions on seat belt usage 5 1 14 Beector Geni incicllaton 1 44 CHG Sale Deere ESR ERCA REE eRka et 1 16 Supplemental restraint system 0 0sseeeee 1 46 Pregnant women 4 s2 sees ce wden siae weds wee es ee 1 18 eee eres l pplemental restraint Injured DEISONSescgc05 tenusseecerewenceaeceace 1 18 Soe E E E E T E E ees 1 46 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 18 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 60
278. lector lever to P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions 3 Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After 5 10 Starting and driving cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before c
279. local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device Open the lid using a coin 4 Close the lid securely must accept any interference received in 2 Remove the battery 5 Press the button then the M See ee ie Vay eauae under button two or three times to check the key ired operation of the device 3 Install a new battery with the facing fob operation down Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb Low beam lf replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer AWARNING Z HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced
280. lts who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate and rear vent windows closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate or rear vent windows open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high t
281. ly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button 2 56 Instruments and controls that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments CYS to ce etna pear ey chee eet ee PE S 3 2 INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system
282. m the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact an INFINITI dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers Technical and consumer information 9 21 Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system 9 22 Technical and consumer information LTIO117 example Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller Your vehicle is equipped with a connector and jumper harness that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake con troller To install the electric trailer brake controller jumper harness perform the followi
283. manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRSO0667 LRSO668 Front facing step 4 Front facing step 5 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the automatic locking mode child re straint mode It reverts to emergency lock ing mode when the seat belt is fully re tracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 WRS0681 Front facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt WRS0698 Front facing step 7 If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 10 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is secu
284. mation 9 12 Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 2 42 M Maintenance Changing the maintenance interval 4 5 Displaying the maintenance notice reminder 22244 em GRR e ROw eo HS 4 6 General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Resetting the maintenance interval 4 5 Seat belt maintenance 1 24 SCUING 6 eas See BS SH Soe Bee Os 4 5 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 18 Map OMS as 3 2 ond oh ew eB ae oe ae 2 52 Map POCKEL o sos as as wie ee we Sw eae 2 37 Meters and gauges 4 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 29 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 18 Outside mirror control 3 18 Outside mirrors 2 2 ee ee 3 18 Nan NOR aoe oe oe we A a we ae 3 17 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating Odometef o sers need ee pase eh s Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Changing engine oil Changing engine oilfilter Checking engine oil level Engine oil aoaaa a Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light Engine oil viscosity 004 Outside mirror control Outside mirrors 1 ee Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s manual order
285. mber TIN Example TIRE LABELING sound of air escaping from the tire is Snare Tire for safety standard certification The TIN heard while checking the pressure P965 70R18 240 kPa 35 PSI can be used to identify the tire in case of a reposition the gauge to eliminate this recall leakage 3 Remove the gauge 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 7 H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire P215 65R15 95H speed rating 65 15 t t 3 5 WDI0395 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 4 R The R stands for radial 1 P The P indicates the tire is de 5 Two digit number 15 This number signed for passenger vehicles not all is the wheel or rim diameter in inches tires have this information 6 Two or three digit number 95 This 2 Three digit number 215 This num number is the tire s load index It is a ber gives the width in millimeters of measurement of how much weight the tire from sidewall edge to side each tire can support You may not wall edge find this information on all tires be 3 Two digit number 65 This number cause It is not required by law known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XX t 3 DOT t 1 XX t 2 XXX t Example 4 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbrev
286. me dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop 6 8 Incase of emergency The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water e Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle being jump started always wear Suitable eye protectors for X 4 i 7 example goggles or industrial safety a spectacles and remove rings metal K Sf bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen batter
287. meLink button releasing when the device begins to activate Ifthe indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another per son for convenience Press and release the smart or learn pro gram button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for conve nience to assist when performing this step 7 Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas ing the garage door opener program button quickly and firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to 3 times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1
288. mergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system This vehicle is equipped with the tire pres sure monitoring system It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by send ing a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The tire pressure monitoring system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 26 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and controls section Tire pressure informa tion in the Display screen heater air conditioner and audio systems section Tire pressure monitoring system in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Inflation Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side ce
289. mission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 28 Engine Before starting the engine 5 9 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 5 02 6s ee we ee Ge 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engine oil 8 9 Changing engine oilfilter 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system asana aaa 8 7 Engine oil 6 6 5 as Gea 6 mo amp ee eo 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oll viscosity 06 a a ea es 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine aaau aaa 5 10 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 6 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 English metric setting 4 11 Enter DUON sa s aiea So oi e bb Ge we eo 4 2 Event datarecorders 9 30 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass case aaao a 2 37 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 30 Plast 2 aie ke 4 won em whe A eee ao E Re 6 2 Floor mat positioning aid 4 0 0 6 6 0 a amp 7 4 Fluid Brake fl ids as sca sanata e 4 8 12 Capacities and recommended TUCIIUDKICANISs o xn se a ee oe Re Be 9 2 Engine coolant aoaaa 8 7 Engine
290. mpact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played lt lt gt gt TUNE FOLDER CAT but ton CD While playing a CD press the 44 or PP button the CD plays at an in creased speed while rewinding or fast for warding through the current track being played When the button is released the CD returns to normal play speed MP3 CD While playing an MP8 press the TUNE FOLDER CAT button 44 or gt gt to scan backward or forward through avail able folders Press and hold the 44 or PP button for more than 1 5 seconds while an MP3 CD is playing the MP3 CD plays at an increased speed while rewinding or fast forwarding through the current track being played When the button is released the MP3 CD returns to normal play speed CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded press a CD select button 1 6 SCAN RPT When the SCAN RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks f
291. mperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving Pull to the side of the road to a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by IN FINITI warranties Total trailer load Tongue load t Oo oO 6 KA ZN heed Mee Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow ing Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross axle weight T11012M Maximum Gross Vehicle weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The
292. n This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The drivers seat and steering wheel will slide backward When the key is removed from the ignition switch and the driver s door is opened When the driver s door is opened with the ignition key turned to LOCK Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 When the ignition key is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous position When the key is inserted into the ignition switch and the driver s door is closed When the driver s door is closed with the key turned to LOCK When the key is turned from ACC to ON while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position The entry exit function can be adjusted or can celed See Vehicle electronic systems in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section of this manual Restarting the entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will be disabled Drive the vehicle over 25 MPH 40 km h to restart the entry exit function You can also restart the entry exit function using the following proce dure 1 Connect the battery cable or replace the fuse 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments 2 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position
293. n heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 REAR AUDIO CONTROLS Push the REAR ON OFF button on the front radio control panel to turn the rear controls on Push the button again to turn rear controls off The headphones symbol illuminates on the front display when the rear audio controls are on Two r headphone jacks are provided so two rear seat A MODE Ala NEXT K passengers may listen to the audio system pri vately SEEK The rear volume controls can only increase the AM FM CD DVD AUX volume to the level at which the front radio volume Vv control is set Q G L Q Q One or two infrared headphones are included if the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertain ment system Most portable radio headphones work with the rear audio controls For vehicles equipped with the FM AM SAT radio with compact disc player if the rear passengers turn off the rear speakers and are using head phones they may choose to listen to a different media than the front passengers The rear pas 1 VOL volume control button 7 Infrared headphone transmitter lens sengers can listen to the radio along with the 9 MODE select button front passengers or they can listen to a CD or l F r SAT radio if so equipped 3 AM Speaker control button Red transmitters will be visible when 4 NEXT button infrared headphones are on VOL volume button 5 SEEK button The VOL button allo
294. n cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval In case of emergency 6 7 Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display of the tire pres sure information may show higher pres sure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mile 1 6 km This is because the tire pressure increases as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system malfunc tion 5 Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can beco
295. n in the illustration Instruments and controls 2 7 A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low automatic transmission fluid level Use the dipstick to check the fluid level See 5 speed automatic transmission fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section If the gauge indicates automatic trans mission fluid temperature over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Contin ued operation of the vehicle may seri ously damage the transmission 2 8 Instruments and controls COMPASS AND OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY This unit has the following functions Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi cates heading direction of vehicle Indicates outside air temperature With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare review mirror Push and hold Feature the Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass outside temperature dis 1 second play toggles on off Outside temperature display toggles 3 seconds Compass zone can be changed to correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section
296. n later in this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing CK Check suspension warning SUSP light This light may indicate a malfunction in the auto leveling suspension For additional information refer to Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual CRUISE Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Intelligent Cruise Control system cRuIse Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key Is in the ON position pa E Engine oil pressure low Engine coolant temperature high warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure or high engine coolant temperature If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine and allow it to cool If the light remains on after checking the oil and coolant stop the en gine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other authorized repair shop This light is not designed to indicate a low oil or low coolant level Check the oil level with the dipstick and check the coolant level on the reservoir See E
297. n the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 5 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The b indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION if the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE nen renee the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a f
298. n the ignition switch Is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 4 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch AWARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Power folding outside mirrors A CAUTION Do not manually fold the power folding mirrors Manually folding the mirrors can damage the mirrors Press the switch to open or close the mirrors Automatic anti glare outside mirrors The outside mirrors will automatically dim during nighttime conditions to reduce the glare from the headlights of trailing vehicles The automatic anti glare feature operates only when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic anti glare feature will be on when starting the vehicle The indicator light on the automatic anti glare rearview mirror will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operat ing To turn off the anti glare feature push the button on the rearview mirror The indicator light will turn off To turn on the anti glare feature again push the button on the rearview mirror T
299. n this section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure Starting and driving 5 3 even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to ind
300. nd out of the seat more easily The steering wheel moves back into posi tion when the key is inserted into the ignition switch For more information see Automatic drive posi tioner later in this section 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad justed for driving comfort Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the brake and accelerator pedal position forward 1 or backward 2 Pedal adjustment can only be performed when Ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever is in the P Park position The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad justed separately A CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal SUN VISORS To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side 3 To block glare from the side and front swing down the sub sun visor 4 Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed A CAUTION Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirr
301. nds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems Vehicle security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and au dible alarm signals if someone opens the doors or hood when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your INFINITI dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see If you may be eli
302. ned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is re moved If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Instruments and controls 2 21 Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF posi tion Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key or keyfob even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key or by pressing the but ton on the keyfob 2 22 Instruments and controls INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key If the engine fails to start using a registered INFINITI Vehicle Immob
303. neuver or driving position in the lane or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the dis tance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain con trol of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive with out the ICC system Starting and driving 5 23 ACCEL RES 9 t p 4 COAST SET 5 ON OFF spans Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a master ON OFF switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 2 ON OFF switch Master switch to activate the system ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed in crementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 24 Starting and driving 4 COAST SET switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 5 DISTANCE switch Changes the following distance to lon
304. ng chime does 1 Intelligent Cruise Control system display not sound to warn you if you are too OSE tO Pie venice aed goa neter The light comes on if there is a malfunction in the presence of the vehicle ahead nor g the vehicle to vehicle distance is the ICC system detected 3 ON OFF switch indicator light Green Pay special attention to the distance Indicates that the ON OFF switch is ON between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur 2 ICC system warning light Orange Starting and driving 5 33 4 Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC sys tem 5 ACCELERATE RESUME switch Resumes set speed or increases speed in crementally 6 COAST SET switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally 7 ON OFF switch Master switch to activate the system 8 CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed 5 34 Starting and driving ACCEL RES COAST SET ON OFF aane CANCEL CRUISE Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the ON OFF switch for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the ON OFF switch on the Intel ligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator light green in the instrument cluster come on
305. ng light Check suspension warning light Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange if so equipped Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped Door open warning light Engine oil pressure low engine coolant tem perature high warning light Instruments and controls Tih ee les AWD warning light SZJ model Low fuel warning light Low tire pressure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light Cruise main switch indicator light Green Intelligent Cruise Control system ON OFF switch indicator light Green if so equipped Cruise set switch indicator light Intelligent Cruise Control system set switch indicator light if so equipped AWD shift indicator light Z 39 model Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator light MIL Security indicator light Slip indicator light Transfer 4LO position indicator light PEJ model Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on EA BRAKE of KO YF BSH The following lights come on briefly and then go off ABS r O amp SLIP 4Lo pe
306. ng procedure 1 Open the driver door Move the seat to the rearmost position 2 Apply the parking brake to access the jumper harness connector Wire color designation for electric trailer brake controller jumper harness WIRE COLOR NOTE RED GREEN Vehicle stop lamp switch to trailer brake controller BLACK Brake controller ground C BROWN WHITE Trailer brake controller switched output RED BLUE Trailer brake controller illumination RED Fused trailer brake con troller battery feed B 3 Locate the jumper harness connector under 4 Peel off the tape and connect the jumper the lower portion of the instrument panel harness to the connector 2 The connector is taped to the wiring harness 5 Release the parking brake 4 as indicated 6 Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake The connector is marked with a white tag controller according to the manufacturer s with electric brake connector instructions Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Technical and consumer information 9 23 e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to k
307. ng the PRESET A B C select button 2 Select the desired FM AM or SAT station band 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Artist and song information If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD changer operation Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first press
308. nge intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited war ranty Technical and consumer information 9 5 Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting Refer to the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil DH PS or the exact equiva lents 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment
309. ngine oil and Checking engine coolant level in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Also see If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos sible If the engine is overheated con tinued operation of the vehicle may se riously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate ac tion required The 4WD warning light comes on when the key switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started 4WD warning light g3zy model If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the AUTO or 4H position
310. nical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the low tire pressure warning system will not function Con tact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself eszy Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact an INFINITI dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels m
311. nt passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 WRS0431 Do not lean against doors or windows AWARNING Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could AWARNIN
312. nt at 1 800 662 6200 In Canada 1 800 361 4792 Thank you READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for four wheel drive models a 2 3 y mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate four wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read Driving safety precautions in the Start ing and driving section of this manual ON PAVEM
313. nter pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capac ity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond the speci fied capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is
314. ny position other than ON Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the se lected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If a new memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position Each keyfob can be linked to a stored memory position memory switch 1 or 2 with the follow ing procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory posi tion 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds press the button on the keyfob The indicator light will blink After the indica tor light goes off the keyfob is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch press the A button on the keyfob The driv er s seat steering wheel accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position NOTE If a new memory position is saved to the memory switch the keyfob automatically re links Confirming memory storage Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indic
315. o circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it
316. o may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your INFINITI dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by an INFINITI dealer 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY
317. o not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid 6 10 Incase of emergency PUSH STARTING A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempt ing to do so may cause transmission damage IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the
318. o take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control ON OFF Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system CRUISE CRUISE Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it im possible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC sys tem is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on and the set distance indi cators will blink Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again Starting and driving 5 31 CRUISE CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off and then perform the settings again 5 32 Starting and driving If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the ve hicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system C is located below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Do not use alc
319. o turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External
320. of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your IN FINITI vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service An INFINITI dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE VK56DE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal Camshaft operation Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 8 cylinder V block Slanted at 90 in mm 3 858 x 3 622 98 x 92 cu in cm 338 78 5 552 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 See the Emission Control Information label on the underside of the hood Standard Model FFV Model DIFR5A 11D in mm 0 043 1 1 Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels Tires Spare tire 9 8 Technical and consumer information 18 x 8 0J P265 70R18 Full size DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
321. of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft lb 29 39 N m Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand A CAUTION Be careful
322. ohol benzine or thinner to clean the sen sor To clean the sensor wipe softly with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and rinse with water then wipe with a dry cloth Do not impact the areas around the sensor Do not touch or remove the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure i or malfunction Ifthe sensor is deformed due DO mot use the conventional fixed Always confirm the setting in the Intel ligent Cruise Control system display ACCEL RES to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer speed cruise control mode when driv i aly ing under the following conditions zr F Do not attach a sticker including transpar ree z TE F ent material or install an accessory near the ple ee RER to keep ine ON OFF aone sensor This could cause failure or malfunc i San l CRUISE TE tion In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies CRUISE SET CANCEL in speed CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED Zeon uindino OCR Teads CRUISE CONTROL MODE l On slippery roads rain snow ice This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 etc to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal In very windy areas Conventional fixed speed cruise Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control mode display and switch A WARNING control and result in an accident The display is located under the tachometer In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warni
323. ol down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Outside temperature down to Coolant or equivalent CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 If the cooling system frequently requ
324. ollies Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If the speed or distance must necessarily be Two wheel drive models greater remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated Four wheel drive models VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck INFINITI recommends that towing dolliesbe used vehicle when towing your vehicle or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated AWARNING CAUTION Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Never tow 4WD models with any of the Do not spin your tires at high speed wheels on the ground as this may cause This could cause them to explode and serious and expensive damage to the result in serious injury Parts of your transfer case and transmission vehicle could also overheat and be damaged A CAUTION Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Use the towing hook if so equipped only to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud
325. ols such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid levels Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MI
326. on a hill apply the parking brake first then shift the selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 4 Fourth gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 4 position 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD and AUTO 71 MPH 115 km h w o tow mode 62 MPH 100 km h w tow mode 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km
327. on key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the traction control system checked by an INFINITI dealer Transfer 4LO position indicator light g3 y model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the ON position If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position and the light blinks stop the vehicle drive slowly forward and the light will turn on When you shift between 4H and 4LO stop the vehicle move the automatic transmission selec tor lever to the N Neutral position then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving Instruments and controls 2 19 You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you have first stopped the vehicle and moved the automatic transmission shift selector lever to N Neutral Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on This indic
328. on properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by an_ INFINITI dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion this indicator light shows the automatic transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 17 Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Intelligent Cruise Control system ON OFF switch indicator light Green if so equipped The light comes on when the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system ON OFF switch is pushed The light goes out when the ON OFF switch is pushed again While the ON OFF switch indica tor light comes on the ICC system is operational Cruise set s
329. onds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Compact disc CD player A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Only one CD can be loa
330. ont and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 47 Sf QW LICO410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down only driver s side shown to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window auto matically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held 2 48 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed b
331. ont passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop 1 19 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see an INFINITI dealer 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Center of the 3rd row bench seat The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector tongue Q and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion AWARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat b
332. oor or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To fully open the sunroof push the switch toward the open position 3 To fully close the sunroof push the switch toward the close position To open or close the sunroof part way push the switch in any direction while the roof is sliding open or closed to stop it in the desired position Tilting the sunroof To tilt the sunroof up push the tilt switch toward the up position When the sunroof is open it will automatically close and then tilt up To tilt the sunroof down push the tilt switch toward the down position 2 Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 If the sunroof lid is open push the tilting switch repeatedly toward the down position 2 to fully close the lid 2 Push and hold the tilting switch for more than 2 seconds toward the down position 2 to reestablish the lid s home position The sunroof should now operate normally Instruments and controls 2 49 Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic ope
333. open warning light 2 14 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 30 Low fuel warning light 2 15 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low washer fluid warning light 2 17 Passenger air bag and status light 1 55 Seat belt warning light 2 17 Vehicle security system 2 21 Warning labels for SRS 1 60 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders ex cs ewe xt we ewe Be w dc 2 12 Warning lighis 4 s a od eee ee Ree 2 12 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switches 1 20 eee eee 2 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 23 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels andtires 04 8 31 Wheel tire size aooaa eee ee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUN s a x pasea ea de ew Bo 9 9 Window washer fluid 8 12 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 47 Power rear WiNdOWS 2 47 Power vent windows 2 48 Power windows saaa aaa 2 46 Rear power windows 2 47 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 23 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWIICHKES s ocs aa opa a oe oe eee Be 2 24 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 23 Wiper blades a ke iw oe oe we od me 8 18 10 7 MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL I
334. operly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision un secured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool 2 46 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled sa ce a 5 6 Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side automatic switch Right rear passenger window automatic switch Left rear passenger window automatic switch Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close the fr
335. or cover is open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 MIRRORS AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims according to the intensity of the head lights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature operates only when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the button The indicator light will turn off 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments To turn on the automatic anti glare feature press the button again The indicator light will turn on For information on the automatic anti glare out side mirrors see Automatic anti glare outside mirrors later in this section For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instrument and controls sec tion of this manual For information on the compass and outside tem perature display see Compass and outside temperature display in the Instrument and con trols section of this manual NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 2 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only whe
336. or details see the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installed using the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that Is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0364 LATCH system anchor locations
337. or light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction indicator light If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator lightwill come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ee light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe SMF light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle insp
338. ord radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and Ice Summer tires
339. orrection any time the system is waiting for a response Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 51 When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the amp button on the steering wheel However if you press the 4 amp button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call Main Menu Call Name speak name A Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name speak name If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use
340. orth E East S South W West If the CAL icon is illuminated in the compass display calibrate the compass by driving the ve hicle one and a half circles at a maximum speed of 6 MPH 10 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked one and a half circles Instruments and controls 2 9 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 8 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display Release the button Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration Press the button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the N button for about 10 seconds The CAL icon in the compass
341. ot detect the signals When the reflector is positioned high on the vehicle trailer etc When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered When the reflector is covered with dirt snow and road spray When the snow or road spray from other vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or obstructions the system will automatically be canceled while allowing con ventional cruise control to remain operational If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead the system decelerates the ve hicle as necessary However the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicle s total braking power This system should only be used wh
342. otan 8 34 Types Ol Uke evan ote us paee win te enoneuenseuee 8 37 Tire CAINS nee hes eee ee heed ee nese Sear at 8 37 Changing wheels and tires ccc eee eee 8 38 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your INFINI TI s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance Is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mech
343. ote control seas sucmeueectne teense teen eee Flip down SCeCNcesceutruvedutoteertuateeenesd Playing a digital video disc DVD Care and maintenance c cece eee eee How to handle the DVD 0000 eee Gar phone or CB TadiOs w1e 0 dtaadedseecieiawcas Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Using the system lt ctcknenediecen a dammed ae eames Control DUONG sen nteuccacceseacaeseaceeeseeen Getting Started Se quce cetacean re seasedswasesees List of voice COMMANS acces n cece decdete cee sae Speaker adaptation SA mode 00005 Troubleshooting guide ce cece eee eee CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it rand a anei oa or notice smoke or smell coming from ca f ere it stop using the system immediately trip _ laour GUIDE and contact your nearest INFINITI l WOIE dealer Ignorin
344. ould like to store with this location See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the sys tem The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back num ber when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirma tion If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names O Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book 4 54 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system ends the VR session You can stop the playb
345. ould occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated and the tire pressure monitor ing system will not function Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or sys tem resetting A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly Low windshield washer fluid warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual fi Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to t
346. passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light 2 is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF O
347. peed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls oh angel tf I Wry owt Q 7 _ EF I On 7 l NNN Iii i ni il uss l I i v I 2 The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A Trip Odometer only Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available Refer to Control panel buttons in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual A aA x1000r min wa SS T eg Maan gt co en _ a TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rom Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is withi
348. play key and press the ENTER button The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will ap pear Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 DISPLAY SETTINGS o UO Contrast o Brightness Brightness contrast Select the Brightness Contrast key to adjust the brightness and contrast of the map back ground Use the joystick to adjust the brightness to darker or brighter and the contrast to lower or higher The new settings are automatically saved when you exit the setting screen by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button Push DAY NIGHT button for 2 seconds to resume display Display off Select the Display Off key The indicator of the Display Off turns amber and the message above will be displayed briefly When the audio HVAC Heater and air conditioner or any mode button on the control panel is operated the dis play turns on for that operation If one of the control panel buttons is pressed the display will not automatically turn off until that operation is finished Otherwise the screen turns off auto matically after 5 seconds 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems To turn the screen on Press the SETTING button and select the Display key and then select the Display Off key Then set the screen to on by press ing the ENTER button or Hold the 2 button for approximately 2 seconds and the message
349. plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE ee E LICO565 Side tray INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop The rubber mats can be removed for cleaning CONSOLE BOX Console box storage trays Instruments and controls 2 35 Console box storage Console box lock Pull up on the lever 4 to open the console box lid Use the master key to lock or unlock 2 the Instruments and controls GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop LICO575 SUNGLASSES HOLDER MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKET To open the sunglasses holder push and release The seatback pocket is located on the back of the driver seat The pocket can be used to store A WARNING maps Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses Instruments and controls 2 37 LICO570 LICO568 LICO569 Medium
350. psi on the screen indi cates that the pressure is being measured After a few driving trips the pressure for each tire will be displayed randomly The order of tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s traveling condition and the temperature In case of low tire pressure a message is dis played on the screen LOW PRESSURE Check All Tires AWARNING When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS SETTINGS Venicle Electronic Systems System Settings Guidance Voice Guidance Volume TTT 4 HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON When the SETTING button is pressed the SET TINGS screen will appear on the display You can select and or adjust several functions features and modes that are available for your vehicle Move the joystick and press the ENTER button to select each item to be set DISPLAY SETTINGS Brightness Contrast Display Off Lower Display Setting O Audio Display settings Select the Dis
351. putting their numeric value The gt 10 button input numbers greater than or equal to 10 allowing up three digits to be input for selecting chapter title track number The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons will continuously shift the previously input number to the left The chapter title track number will be automati cally selected if valid based on media content if 3 seconds expire without any keypad inputs The operator can cancel the input chapter title track number by actuating the CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the 3 second timer These functions can be used only for the DVD discs which correspond to them Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 Auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located on the control panel Compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes Yellow video input White left channel audio input Red right channel audio input CARE AND MAINTENANCE Use a lightly dampened lint free cloth to clean the surfaces of your INFINITI mobile entertainment system DVD player face screen remote con trol etc A CAUTION e Do not use any solvents or cleaning solutions when cleaning the video system e Do not use excessive force on the moni tor screen Avoid touching or scr
352. r 4LO you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle is stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the selector lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a malfunction A CAUTION When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 for en gine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD or AUTO ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 5 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4LO and 4H while driving Starting and driving 5 43 Engine idling speed is high while warm ing up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery sur faces with the 4WD shift switch set in AUTO 4WD shift indicator light 5 44 Starting and driving LS D0094 The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the odometer display The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by
353. r use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemi
354. racked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bags system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails in all 3 rows These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain side impact and rollover air bag
355. railer weight is at least 75 of the vehicle s GCWR Tow mode is most useful in the following driving conditions when towing a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Rolling terrain Stop and go traffic Busy parking lots Driving the vehicle in the Tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by INFINITI in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an
356. rails The side air bags and curtain air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate after the collision is over The curtain side impact and rollover air bag will remain inflated for a short time The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START positions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air b
357. rake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a 6 NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent 6 Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Auto matic Transmission Fluid 4 9 API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 8 9 API GL 5 Synthetic 75W 90 Gear Oil or equivalent 8 9 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent Transfer fluid Front final drive oil Rear final drive oil zZ Windshield washer fluid shared between frontand 1 1 4 gal 1 gal 4 5 rear wipers 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty 4 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 5 Available in mainland USA through your INFINITI dealer 6 For further details see Air conditioner specification label 7 For further details see Changing engine oil 8 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0 C 32 F 9 See your INFINITI dealer for service 9 2 Technica
358. ranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem perature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer When the engine temperature reaches a certain level The engine coolant temperature gauge will move toward the H position Engine power may be reduced The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions ve hicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission will downshift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal and
359. ranspor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user INFINITI is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION et LT10085 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached to the underside of the hood as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL Use the following steps to mount the front license plate The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is affixed to 1 Make hol
360. ration when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up 2 50 Instruments and controls If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the sunroof will fully close gradu ally Make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing A CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof
361. re control dial to the left or right to 9 MODE button others through inadvertent operation of set the desired passenger s temperature 10 Air recirculation button the vehicle Also on hot sunny days l 5 11 Rear temperature control dial temperatures in a closed vehicle could e Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F quickly become high enough to cause 24 C for normal operation severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution fan speed and A C on off are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the defroster control button VY to turn the system on The display will show the defrost icon 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the manual fan control dial to the maximum position 5 e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the DEF control is activated the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than on
362. re on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at an INFINITI dealer Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink ing or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 25 HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting A When turning the switch to the gt 4 posi tion the front parking tai
363. re to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing LRS0454 Front passenger position 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 7 Ifthe booster is installed in the front passen ger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 46 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact and rollover air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The INFINITI advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions
364. rease by approxi mately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi mately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h ACCEL RES COAST SET ONOFF How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be se lected at any time depending on the traffic con ditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pressed the set distance will change to long medium short and back to long again in that sequence Approximate distance at Distance Display 60 MPH 100 km h ft m Long 195 60 CRUISE Middle 130 40 CRUISE 90 30 CRUISE The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the dis tanc
365. recautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row The 2nd row captain s chairs can be tipped for ward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench seat To enter the 3rd row 1 raise the armrest so it is parallel to the seatback and in the stowed position then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row captain s chair and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward Then lift up on the lower corner of the seat base and tip the 2nd row captain s chair forward To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 WRS0369 Outboard seats 2ND ROW BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Reclining To recline the seatback pull up on the lever and lean back The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped AWARNING After adjustment gently ro
366. red cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured ROOF RACK Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 200 Ibs 91 kg on the entire roof rack A If an additional rear cross bar if so equipped is installed the maximum load capacity for the rear roof rack B is 125 Ibs 56 kg Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s door pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle LICO629 Rear roof rack with additional crossbar if so equipped loading information in the Technical and con sumer information section later in this manual The rear crossbar can be adjusted forward and backward Raise the lock levers 4 and adjust the crossbar to the desired position Lower the lock levers Place your luggage on the bars and secure the luggage with rope to the utility loops 2 Do not place luggage on the side rails or tie rope directly to the side rails Always be sure the lock levers are lowered to keep the crossbar in place Do not use utility loops for any purpose other than securing luggage Instruments and controls 2 45 AWARNING Pr
367. rely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 11 LRS0316 Front facing step 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat turn the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light 2 should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats
368. remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance intervals shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off 3 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 4 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 5 Remove the drain plug 8 with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oll If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out
369. result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling char acteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the Tech
370. rface 5 50 Starting and driving mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road AWARNING Always turn and look back before back ing The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift selector lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up
371. right and locked position LRSO666 Rear facing rigid mounted step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0673 Front facing step 5 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the LATCH at tachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor attachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles LRS0674 Front facing step 6 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in th
372. rols 2 41 Removing the 2nd row center console box To remove the 2nd row center console box Q Lift out the cup holder tray 2 Pull up on the handle to tilt the console box up 3 Move the console box toward the front of the vehicle and lift it out 2 42 Instruments and controls To reinstall the 2nd row center console box 1 Slide the console box over the base toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Push down to lock the console box in place 3 Replace the cup holder tray CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN To open the cargo area storage bin pull down on the tab and pull the lid off To access the floor storage area push down Q to raise the handle then pull up on the handle to lift the luggage board LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restra
373. rom the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly REAR ON OFF Pushing the REAR ON OFF button for less than 1 5 seconds turns the rear seat audio controller on REAR CONT ON will display Pushing it again will turn the rear seat audio controller off REAR CONT OFF will display If the vehicle is not equipped with a rear seat audio controller the display will show REAR AV N A If a DVD is loaded in the DVD entertainment system if so equipped pushing the REAR ON OFF button for more than 1 5 seconds will turn the DVD player on Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 When the REAR ON OFF button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds with a DVD loaded and another audio source playing the other source will automatically be turned off and the DVD will start to play A q SPEAKER CONTROL button Press the i button to turn the rear speakers off and headphones on Press this button again to turn rear seat speakers back on and head phones off CD EJECT Current Selected disc Press the button then press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc The compact disc will be ejected If no slot num ber 1 6 is pressed the current loaded disc will be ejected Also if the ejected disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one
374. ront passenger supplemental air bag P 1 46 Glove box P 2 36 Climate controls P 4 17 METERS AND GAUGES 17 Hazard lights P 2 30 18 Power outlet cigarette lighter acces sory P 2 33 P 2 34 19 Heated seat switch P 2 31 20 Tow mode switch P 2 32 oo 21 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch P 2 31 _ 22 Shift selector lever P 5 10 wor p Muy 23 Clock P 2 33 ve BS 24 Power outlet P 2 33 S An 25 Front passenger air bag status light 5 P 1 55 26 4WD shift switch if so equipped 2 P 5 39 27 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 15 28 Rear sonar system off switch P 2 32 29 Pedal position adjustment switch P 3 16 30 Lift gate open close switch P 3 9 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual See the page number indicated in paren 4 Warning indicator lights 6 Fuel gauge theses for operating details 2 Automatic transmission fluid tempera 7 _Odometer Twin trip odometer A T po ture gauge sition indicator 4WD shift indicator 3 Tachometer light if so equipped 4 Voltmeter 8 Engine oil pressure gauge 5 Speedometer 9 Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 WAT tay w I a N L A x1000r min N saw 5 M SS a M Maam Ey _ _ a b 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle s
375. row center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are at tached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle Q Pull out the connector tongue from the re tractor base 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the fabric sleeve 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belt earlier in this section A WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop LRS0242 Front and 2nd row outboard seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front and 2nd row outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder b
376. roximately 2 sec onds while in the display menu will reset the display characteristics to their nominal val ues Faceplate feature only If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate is pressed for more than 2 seconds the media track time information will be displayed along the bottom of the display Pressing the DISPLAY control for more than 2 seconds will remove the media track time information from the display Faceplate feature only NAVIGATION KEYS If media is in PLAY mode activation of the NAVI GATION KEYS Up Down Left and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track fast re verse and fast forward and the display will show Pl 44 and gt P respec tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate feature only If media is in PAUSE mode activation of the NAVIGATION KEYS Up Down and Right will perform the following functions next chapter track previous chapter track and slow forward and the display will show PI M and a forward arrow symbol respectively in the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds Faceplate feature only If media is in activated MENU mode the NAVI GATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu If display control menu is on the NAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up Down Left and Right within the menu ENTER In MENU mode press the ENTER button to se le
377. rrectly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors F
378. rse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver Instruments and controls 2 53 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 To begin press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 2 54 Instruments and controls 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flash ing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed Ho
379. s later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system Air bag system for the front passenger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child re straints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kgs can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint th
380. s conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and aloud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light AY will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 SRS Air bag warning labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor 2 SRS Side air bag warning label The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air
381. s inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Deceler ate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surround ing circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelli gent Cruise Control system is automati cally canceled and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control sys tem under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is Operated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intelli gent Cruise Control system is auto matically canceled When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent barking may result in overheating the bra
382. s are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag op eration When the supplemental side air bag and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain side impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof
383. s bales Poe eee oe Soa a 8 21 Break in schedule 5 38 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 29 Brightness contrast button 4 13 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 27 C Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants a aoao aa 9 2 Captain s chair adjustment 2nd row 1 4 Car phone or CBradio 4 45 Cargo hont soca ape a a a 6 2 53 Cargo NOU aaor e a a e aae Bai i a 2 44 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 CD care and cleaning 4 32 CD changer See audio system 4 30 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 29 Child restraints 1 16 1 17 1 24 1 26 Precautions on child restraints 4 1 24 1 35 1 41 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 29 Child safety rear door lock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 20 Cigarette lighter 2 34 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 LOO 6 cay og 6 Rave a one aes oe oS 2 33 models with navigation system 4 12 CIOGKSEE laa wae oP ee ho me a ae 4 12 C M V S S certification label 9 10 Cold weather driving 5 51 Compass display oe Heo woe wm Bi wens 2 8 Console box 0 4 2 35 2 41 Control panel buttons 4 2 Brightness contrast button 4 13 Back button 4 3 Emer butions s sasa da deze ee k
384. se Control ICC system au tomatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you according to that vehi cle s speed or at the set speed if the road ahead is clear The ICC function has two cruise control modes Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode for maintaining a selected distance between a vehicle up to the preset speeds Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode for cruising at preset speeds AWARNING Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the cruise con trol To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to prevent acci dents or to control the vehicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in appropriate road and traffic conditions ACCEL RES COAST SET OQSIL ON OFF aane CRUISE LSD0104 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode SELECTING THE INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL MODE When you push the ON OFF switch 4 you can choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode and the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode push the ON OFF switch quickly The CRUISE indicator light green in the instrument panel comes on Once a control mode is chosen and activates it cannot be changed to the other cruise control Starting an
385. se of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www infiniti com for U S customers or www infiniti ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 31 MEMO 9 32 Technical and consumer information 10 Index 4WD warninglight 2 15 A Active head restraint 1 8 Adjusting pedal position 3 16 Aiming control headlights 2 28 Air bag See supplemental restraint SYSTEM ssa 6 amp bw OS Sew aed eds 1 46 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact air bag system ws s sacr a ame kw wea 1 53 Air bag warning labels 1 60 Air bag warning light 1 61 2 17 Air cleaner housing filter 8 17 Air conditioner Air conditioner service aaau 4 20 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 17 Rear seat air conditioner 4 20 Servicing air conditioner 4 20 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 21 Anchor point locations 1 29 AMENNA a 62 9 4S oe 8 2 ee ee ae 4 35 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Anti lock braking system ABS 5 48 Audible reminders
386. sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phone book NOTE Phone book commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phone Book New Entry Edit Delete List Names The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associ ated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B New entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say
387. sh and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down The head restraints on the 2nd and 3rd row seats are removable The front seat head restraints are not removable AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effec tiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip lash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at
388. shing the interior light switch to the off position Auto relock When the M button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON Opening windows The keyfob allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simulta neously To open the windows press the but ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec onds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the M button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob Linking the keyfob to automatic drive positioner memory If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive positioner the keyfob can be linked to a memory setting See Automatic drive positioner later in this sec tion Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Operating the power lift gate Push and hold the button on the keyfob for about 0 5 second to open or close the lift gate The hazard warning lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power open or power close se quence has started The lift gate will reverse direction immediately during power open or power close if the keyfob button is pressed A chime will sound to an nounce the reversal For more information see lift gate later in this section 3 8 Pre driving checks an
389. sired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears Other wise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds DISP display button This DISP display button will show text about MP3 SAT or CD information in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Disc title Track title To change the default display mode press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until DISPLAY MODE appears on the display then rotate the knob to select the following display modes Disc number Folder number Once the display mode is selected press the AUDIO knob again to store the setting If the 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems AUDIO knob is not pressed within 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Track title mode displays the title of the se lected CD track Disc title mode displays the title of the CD being played Track number mode displays the number selected disc and the track that is currently being played on the disk Disc number mode displays the current disc number playing in the changer MP3 display mode To change the text displayed when listening to an MP3 with MP3 text when CD with text is being used press the DISP button The
390. ssary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a INFINITI dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous 2 14 Instruments and controls Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself sectio
391. st equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your INFINITI four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a two wheel drive vehicle The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immedi ately after driving in mud or water See Brake system later in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See Periodic mainte nance in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Starting and driving 5 7 IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK pos
392. stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception A gt p gt an press the or P gt or To manually tune the radio TUNE FOLDER CAT button 44 turn the tuning knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels hold either the 44 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 SEEK TRACK tuning i button Press the SEEK TRACK button M or Pl for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station To seek quickly through the channels press and hold the SEEK TRACK button for more than 1 5 seconds When the button is released the radio will seek to the next broadcasting station SCAN RPT tuning button Press the SCAN RPT button for more than 1 5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station AM FM or SAT if so equipped for 5 seconds Pressing the button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN RPT button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station PRESET A B C Station memory opera tions 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT satellite if so equipped radio to the A B and C preset button in any combination of FM AM or SAT stations 1 Choose preset bank A B or C usi
393. t jacks in this section or P PLAY When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player or the PLAY button on the remote control is pressed the player will play In play mode the display will briefly show on the upper left corner of the display gt gt Ad FF Fast Forward REW Remote control only Press FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverse presentation at 5 times normal play speed Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 Press FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE but tons again or PLAY button to resume the normal play speed P gt gt NEXT CHAPTER PREVI OUS CHAPTER Remote control only When the PPI NEXT CHAPTER button is pressed while the DVD is being played the pro gram next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through programs The DVD will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the M4 PREVIOUS CHAPTER button is pressed the program being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through pro grams The DVD will go back the number of times the button is pressed or EE PAUSE When the PLAY PAUSE button on the player or the PAUSE button on the remote control is pressed the player will pause playing of the media In pause mode the player will show I on the upper left corner of the display until the player is changed to another
394. t rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI ad vanced air bag system if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the fro
395. t Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage them Do not impact the areas around the sensor Do not touch or disassemble the screw lo cated on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or malfunction If the sensor installa tion part is deformed due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transpar ent material or install an accessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunc tion 5 38 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at modera
396. t is carrying the headlight axis may be higher than desired If the vehicle is traveling on a hilly road the headlights may di rectly hit the rearview mirror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of the oncoming vehicle The light axis can be lowered with the operation of the switch The larger the number designated on the switch the lower the axis When traveling without a heavy load or on a flat road select position O 2 28 Instruments and controls AWARNING Xenon headlights are extremely bright compared to conventional headlights If the xenon headlights hit the rearview mir ror of the vehicle ahead or the windshield of oncoming vehicle the driver of these vehicles may have difficulty driving be cause of the brightness Use the headlight aiming control switch to lower the light axis See Xenon headlights earlier in this section for additional information DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The headlights automatically illuminate at a re duced intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the P4 position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run
397. t pressed after 8 seconds the display will refresh with the last selected display mode setting Channel number mode displays the channel number of the selected satellite radio sta tion Channel name mode displays the channel name of the selected satellite radio station Name mode displays the name of the artist host or weather condition of the selected satellite radio station Title mode displays the song title show name or temperature of the selected satel lite radio station FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT band select Pressing the RADIO button will change the band as follows AM lt FM or SAT satellite if so equipped When the RADIO button is pressed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the POWER VOLUME control knob is pressed ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the RADIO button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will illuminate during FM
398. t seat belts P 1 14 5 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 46 6 Seats P 1 2 7 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor P 1 53 8 Seat belt pre tensioners P 1 59 9 Supplemental side impact air bag P 1 46 10 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 26 11 Top tether strap anchor P 1 29 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 13 Engine hood P 3 9 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 23 Windshield P 8 18 Power windows P 2 46 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 Mirrors P 3 18 Tire pressure P 9 11 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 37 Replacing bulbs P 8 28 Headlight switch P 2 25 Fog light switch and turn signal switch P 2 29 P 2 25 Tow hooks P 6 13 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents SAIS eS oO 13 14 Roof rack P 2 45 Rear window defroster P 2 25 Glass hatch P 3 13 Rear window washer P 2 24 Glass hatch release P 3 13 Rear view monitor P 4 14 Towing Trailer hitch P 9 16 Lift gate release P 3 9 Rear sonar system P 2 32 Replacing bulbs P 8 2
399. t with the seat belts Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear center position WRS0534 WRS0533 Rear outboard position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be su
400. tch 2 31 Rear sonar system off switch 0 cece eee 2 32 Tow mode Switi cadence seen teavekvecxexdeesedus 2 32 Po e EEEE EE EE E E TET 2 33 Adjusting the time 220220e eee eee 2 33 POW OULED T E T E ET N desu es 2 33 Cigarette NOME si ereren s tende NENEN EN 2 34 e AT E E T T T E ET 2 35 Instrument panel storage trays 4 2 35 Console DOX see css sdaeee sees sees ote oece cus 2 35 lOve DOK LENET EA E 2 36 Sunglasses NOMWChaecinsaveedeun eee veawnemnaes 2 37 INICHOF NOM ceases acedue ances apesdeaceeey ee renes 2 51 Map DOCKES lt x tenet awed wets haw aie a een 2 37 CONSGIONGNIA ncete nea caeeaeneres dora tae ean 2 52 Seatback pocket accin sctwdeuyesecenesc wnneets 2 37 Personal lights uueuuuenrururnsurarurrrererrse n 2 52 Overhead COnNSOl 2 cc2ceoattader ecctansesenue 2 38 Wa o sas voce rete eee poriee eee scans 9 52 Cup holders 6 cece cece teen ene 2 39 CargOullOht sec cont eecettdcaentngeseedgdnceceene ee 2 53 2nd row center console if so equipped 2 41 HomeLink universal transceiver 2 53 Cargo area storage Ditsc lt a7esauehewwesueeescda 2 42 Programming HomeLink 0e 0 sees 9 54 Luggage HOOKS wenn cv tas vasuectee atwaw tate es 2 43 Programming HomeLink for Canadian Biroa a casectucecceredaets E E 2 44 GUSIOINGIS eiris eedan rA N r a a 2 55 Roof PAG Ge tase oe erecta a ur enc hs ee Bare eae eee ee 2 45 Operating the HomeLink
401. te speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the front wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag e Use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation low ers fuel economy Esc USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD AWARNING For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testin
402. ted to the N position If the indicator light keeps blinking after the 4WD shift procedure in the previous page drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while Then the light will turn on or off Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to 4LO Otherwise gears may grind damaging the drive system 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The OFF OFF dynamic control system later in this section indicator light will also turn on when 4LO is selected See Vehicle Starting and driving 5 41 The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are four types of drive modes available AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD AUTO 4H and 4LO You must push the switch in to select 4LO and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the automatic transmission selector lever in the N position when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the en
403. tele phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI dealer Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with the Bluetooth
404. ter 30 min utes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged NOTE The footwell and door step lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off auto matically after about 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and controls 2 51 PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS CONSOLE LIGHT The personal lights on the overhead console can To turn the map lights on press the switches To be swiveled 360 degrees To turn on the light turn them off press the switches again The console light will turn on whenever the press the button Press the button again to turn parking lights or headlights are illuminated off the light A CAUTION The console light brightness can be adjusted Do not use for extended periods of time with the illumination brightness control with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 52 Instruments and controls CARGO LIGHT The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position ON The light is illuminated Normal center position The light illuminates when the lift gate or glass hatch is opened The light turns off when the lift
405. ter in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal hig
406. tether anchor point on floor behind the child restraint 3 Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH AWARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see Latch Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren System LATCH If a child re straint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e The LATCH anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH anchors such as Seat belt webbing or seat cush ion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH an chors are obstructed Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using LATCH 1 Recline the seatback if the seatback is ad justable to assist in attaching the child re straint to the lower anchors 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restra
407. the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on If the indicator light does not come on immediately make sure the area around the vehicle is safe and drive the vehicle straight accelerate or decelerate or move the vehicle in re verse then shift the 4WD shift switch If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION When the 4WD shift switch is turned to the AUTO position at low ambient tem peratures the 4WD shift indicator light may show 4H If this happens all four wheels are driven as torque distribution is in the 4H position Be careful as the vehicle may become difficult to turn When the vehicle is driven the 4WD shift indicator light should change to AUTO If the 4WD shift indicator light indica tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the AUTO or 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunctioning drive system If the indicator does not return to normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest INFINITI dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks Warning light adha There is a malfunc tion in the 4 wheel drive system SI 4WD Comes on P o The transfer case AWD Blinks rapidly oil temperature is P abnormally
408. the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session 4 52 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the 4 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an ex tension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and
409. the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by re ducing pedal free play This system will not operate when the ve hicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less 5 36 Starting and driving The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met a When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal b If the driver does not operate the accelerator or brake pedal within approximately 1 second The sensor will not detect a Pedestrians or objects in the roadway b Oncoming vehicles in the same lane c Motorcycles or scooters traveling offset in the travel lane as illustrated AWARNING The Preview Function is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device Although the brake operation is controlled by the system it does not automatically decel erate the vehicle speed It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not cor rect careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor vis ibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce the vehicle speed by depress ing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weat
410. they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 Folding the front passenger s seatback To fold the front passenger s seatback flat for extra storage length when transporting long items Q Slide the seat to the rear most position Lift up on the recline lever located on the out side edge of the seat and fold the seatback forward as far as it will go Then lift up on the latch located on the upper corner of the seatback to release the back of the seat 2 Once the seatback is released it will enable you to fold the front passenger seatback flat over the seat cushion To return the front passenger s seat to a seating position lift up on the seatback and push it up to an upright position Then pull up on the recline lever and lean the seatback to a proper seating position Release the lever to lock the seatback in position 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING If you fold the front passenger s seat back flat forward to carry longer ob jects be sure this cargo is properly se cured and not near an air bag In a
411. til you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child restraints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the fr
412. tion gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine INFINITI service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by an INFINITI dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS ZR a foe 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself Seo eS eS 9 Battery Fuse fusible link box Transmission dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze so lution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Ad ditional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator co
413. to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional two wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Be sure to read the driving safety precautions later i
414. to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Technical and consumer information 9 27 AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 28 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFI
415. to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion Starting and driving 5 21 The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec tion zone due to Its position within the same lane of travel Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane A vehicle that is enter ing the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved in the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually 5 22 Starting and driving alsm control the proper distance away from ve hicle traveling ahead When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles can be affected by vehicle operation steering ma
416. tor and SET indicator lights will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES set switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push then quickly release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed When the vehicle speed falls below approxi mately 20 MPH 32 km h When the selector lever is shifted to a posi tion other than D Drive When the parking
417. truments and controls 2 29 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH i LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic 2 30 Instruments and controls Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving HORN To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS The front and 2nd row seats are warmed by built in heaters 1 Start the engine 2 Push the low or high posi tion of the switch as desired depending on the temperature The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long
418. try keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 51 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult an INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may b
419. ts that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in INFINITI ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced a
420. u and all of your passen gers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appro priate in a child restraint AWARNING The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing s
421. uld be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 inches 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmit ter USING THE SYSTEM The INFINITI Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the amber light on the overhead console illumi nates and the system is ready to accept voice commands If the 4 button is pushed before the initialization completes the system will an nounce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 Operating tips To get the best performance out of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the
422. umber the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the O amp button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you push and release the amp button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or C
423. upplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica tion sensor pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Maintenance on and around the supple mental front air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The Supple mental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A c
424. ure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the ve hicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your ve hicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your INFINITI is more af fected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong te
425. ure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the _ vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings Technical and consumer information 9 15 TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your
426. use the following DVD s as they may cause the DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter DVD s with a region code other than 1 The region code A is displayed in a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD DVD s that are not round DVD s with a paper label DVD s that are warped scratched or have unequal edges Recordable digital video discs DVD R Rewritable digital video discs DVD RW If a DVD with a paper label is used and becomes jammed you may be able to reset the unit and eject the jammed disc with the following procedure 1 Record the radio presets 2 Disconnect the negative terminal from the battery for five minutes 3 Reconnect the negative battery termi nal 4 Check to see if the jammed DVD has been ejected If it has not try to eject the DVD by pushing the eject button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 5 If the disc cannot be ejected see your INFINITI dealer for further assistance 6 Re program the radio presets Remote control and headphones If the battery is removed for any reason battery replacement other than replacement close the lid se curely Replace the battery as follows p y w If you will not be using the remote control for 1 Open the lid long periods of time remove the batteries 2 Replace batteries with new ones Replacement of the batteries is needed hen the remote control only funct
427. ut jacks STOP button PLAY PAUSE button MENU button DISPLAY button NAVIGATION keys aan SA Oo Se SS O 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 6 DISPLAY button 7 MODE button 8 SUBTITLE button 9 AUDIO button 10 ANGLE button 11 CLEAR button 12 PAUSE button 13 PLAY button 14 FAST FORWARD FAST REVERSE button e 15 MENU button me 16 NAVIGATION keys TT ae 17 BACK button 18 NUMERIC KEYPAD The flip down screen has a wireless remote con trol receiver 1 located at the bottom of the screen Refer to Playing a digital video disc DVD later in this section for the function of each button A CAUTION The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if hit with a hard or te POWER buton sharp object If the glass breaks do not 2 STOP button touch the liquid crystalline material 3 NEXT TRACK CHAPTER and PREVI which contains a small amount of mer OUS TRACK CHAPTER button cury In case of contact with skin wash 4 TITLE button immediately with soap and water 5 ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 The screen rotates down to view and up into the housing to store when not in use Ensure that the screen is latched securely into the housing when stored Headphones Power ON OFF Press the power button to turn the headphones on or off Volume control Turn the volume control knob to
428. utton The indicator light box at the left of the selected item alternately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 9 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS Keyless Remote Response Lights Lock and Unlock Auto Re Lock Time om p Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights ll Automatic Headlights Off Delay CE E E VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS i Speed Dependent Wiper Return All Settings to Default Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle Se lect so the driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for ease of exit and entry Lift steering column when exiting vehicle Select so the steering column automatically tilts up and returns to the original position for ease of exit and entry Remote unlock driver s door first Select to change which doors will unlock first during an unlocking operation Only the driver s door All the doors 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Keyless remote response horn Select to turn on or turn off the horn chirp mode used when the LOCK button on the keyfob is pressed NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will not show the current mode Use the key
429. vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems An INFINITI Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www infiniti com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing 9 16 Technical and consumer information MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this sec tion The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification Chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside te
430. ver the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks lf the slip indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indic
431. vice and Maintenance Guide booklet for mainte nance intervals FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 I me QE TE i k HHHH E HE rok il J LE FONI Oe I oh Ti i z F i Li oy EH re Lt at aS _ Il i B i L If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself ACB WE C oy s AS ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by
432. ving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully Starting and driving 5 49 REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped If brake related parts such as brake If wheels or tires other than the recom pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not INFINITI approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indica tor light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable su
433. weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Informa tion label 9 14 Technical and consumer information EN F 5 Cargo area ceiling tie down hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 55 Ibs 245 N to a single plastic hook or 44 Ibs 196 N to a single plastic hook when securing cargo Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single metal floor tie down hook when securing cargo LTIO090 Cargo area floor tie down hooks AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lis
434. witch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 23 P 2 24 Ignition switch P 5 8 Navigation system P 4 2 Navigation system controls P 4 2 Audio system controls P 4 21 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 46 Glove box P 2 36 Climate controls P 4 17 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Hazard lights P 2 30 Power outlet cigarette lighter accessory P 2 33 P 2 34 Heated seat switch P 2 31 Tow mode switch P 2 32 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch P 2 31 Shift selector lever P 5 10 Clock P 2 33 Power outlet P 2 33 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 55 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 39 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 15 Rear sonar system off switch P 2 32 Pedal position adjustment switch P 3 16 Lift gate open close switch P 3 9 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS ZR a foe 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Battery P 8 13 Fuse fusible link box P 8 21 Transmission dipstick P 8 11 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 Air cleaner P 8 17 Drive belt location P 8 15 Radiator cap P
435. witch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running It may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer 2 18 Instruments and controls Intelligent Cruise Control system set switch indicator light if so equipped The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system AWD shift indicator light em model The light should turn off within 1 second after turning the ignition switch to ON While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other The front passenger air bag status light 2 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used Front passenger air bag status light For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual ED High beam indicator light Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicat
436. ws the rear passengers to 6 Headphone jacks adjust the headphone volume level 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems vig SPEAKER CONTROL button Press this button to turn the rear speakers off and headphones on Press this button again to turn rear seat speakers back on and headphones off MODE button The MODE button allows the rear passengers to change between AM FM CD DVD and AUX The media options are listed on the face plate of the rear audio controls When a source of media is selected the media label will be illuminated SEEK button In AM or FM mode the SEEK button allows the rear seat passengers to find the next radio station up or down the station band frequency In CD mode the SEEK button allows the rear passengers to find the next or previous selection on the CD NEXT button When the NEXT button is pressed while in AM or FM mode the radio will change to the next preset The NEXT button does not function while in SAT radio mode or when playing a DVD or CD ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear passenger and driver side windows A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear driver or passenger side window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear driver or passenger side window be careful not to scratch or damage the window antenn
437. y 1 Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base See Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt later in this section Lower the head restraints to the full down position 3 Then pull up on the latch located on the outside corner of each seatback and fold the seatback forward over the seat base 1 13 To return the 3rd row split bench seat to a seating position unfold the seatback and push it back until it latches into position AWARNING When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop SEAT BELTS Fi ff jj Ki f Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages yo
438. y It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any Vehicle with time Keep hands and other objects battery for away from it booster WCE0054 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so WARNING A equipped Cover the battery with an old Always follow the instructions below cloth to reduce explosion hazard Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il injury lustrated A 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle A CAUTION position the two vehicles to bring their bat eee eee aie e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for Do not allow the two vehicles to touch example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift se aaa L lector lever to P Park Switch off all unnec essary electrical systems lights heater air conditioner etc In case of emergency 6 9 Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION D
439. y automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is Closing the window will be immediately low ered POWER VENT WINDOWS Use the vent window switch located on the over head console to open and close the power vent windows The windows cannot be operated separately To open the power vent windows press and hold the switch toward OPEN To close the windows press and hold the switch toward CLOSE The power vent windows operate when the igni tion key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this 45 second period power to the vent windows is cancelled SUNROOF if so equipped UP OPEN Ee S Et YL JEO DOWN CLOSE JO AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s d
440. y of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted When towing with the hitch ball mounted to the rear bumper do not make sharp turns The trailer may con tact the bumper and cause damage to the bumper or trailer Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the tire placard Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps fro

2007 QX Owner`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents